1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
38 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
39 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
40 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
41 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
43 #include <algorithm>
44 #include <cstring>
45 #include <functional>
46 using namespace clang;
47 using namespace sema;
48 
49 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
50   if (OwnedType) {
51     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
52     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
53   }
54 
55   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
56 }
57 
58 namespace {
59 
60 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
61  public:
62   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid) : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid) {
63     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
64     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
65     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
66   }
67 
68   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
69     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
70       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
71           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
72     else
73       return candidate.isKeyword();
74   }
75 
76  private:
77   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
78 };
79 
80 }
81 
82 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
83 /// return the declaration of that type.
84 ///
85 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
86 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
87 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
88 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
89 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
90 ///
91 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
92 /// and then return NULL.
93 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
94                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
95                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
96                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
97                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
98                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
99                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
100   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
101   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
102   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
103     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
104     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
105       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
106   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
107     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
108 
109     if (!LookupCtx) {
110       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
111         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
112         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
113         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
114         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
115         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
116         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
117         //
118         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
119         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
120         if (!isClassName)
121           return ParsedType();
122 
123         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
124         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
125         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
126           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
127 
128         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
129         QualType T =
130           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
131                             II, NameLoc);
132 
133           return ParsedType::make(T);
134       }
135 
136       return ParsedType();
137     }
138 
139     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
140         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
141       return ParsedType();
142   }
143 
144   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
145   // lookup for class-names.
146   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
147                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
148   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
149   if (LookupCtx) {
150     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
151     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
152     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
153     // nested-name-specifier.
154     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
155 
156     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
157       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
158       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
159       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
160       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
161       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
162       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
163       LookupName(Result, S);
164     }
165   } else {
166     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
167     LookupName(Result, S);
168   }
169 
170   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
171   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
172   case LookupResult::NotFound:
173   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
174     if (CorrectedII) {
175       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true);
176       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
177                                               Kind, S, SS, &Validator);
178       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
179       TemplateTy Template;
180       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
181       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
182       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
183       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
184       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
185       if (SS && NNS) {
186         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
187         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
188       }
189       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
190           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
191           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
192           // is handled elsewhere).
193           !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
194             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
195                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
196         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
197                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
198                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
199                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
200         if (Ty) {
201           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
202           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
203               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
204           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
205               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr
206               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
207                                               CorrectedStr);
208           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
209             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
210               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
211 
212           if (SS && NNS)
213             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
214           *CorrectedII = NewII;
215           return Ty;
216         }
217       }
218     }
219     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
220   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
221   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
222     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
223     return ParsedType();
224 
225   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
226     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
227     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
228     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
229     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
230     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
231     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
232       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
233       return ParsedType();
234     }
235 
236     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
237     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
238          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
239       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
240         if (!IIDecl ||
241             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
242               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
243           IIDecl = *Res;
244       }
245     }
246 
247     if (!IIDecl) {
248       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
249       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
250       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
251       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
252       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
253       // a type name.
254       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
255       return ParsedType();
256     }
257 
258     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
259     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
260     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
261     // perform the name lookup again.
262     break;
263 
264   case LookupResult::Found:
265     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
266     break;
267   }
268 
269   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
270 
271   QualType T;
272   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
273     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
274 
275     if (T.isNull())
276       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
277 
278     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
279     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
280     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
281     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
282       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
283         // Construct a type with type-source information.
284         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
285         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
286 
287         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
288         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
289         ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
290         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
291         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
292       } else {
293         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
294       }
295     }
296   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
297     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
298     if (!HasTrailingDot)
299       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
300   }
301 
302   if (T.isNull()) {
303     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
304     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
305     return ParsedType();
306   }
307   return ParsedType::make(T);
308 }
309 
310 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
311 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
312 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
313 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C
314 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
315 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
316   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
317   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
318   LookupName(R, S, false);
319   R.suppressDiagnostics();
320   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
321     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
322       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
323       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
324       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
325       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
326       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
327       }
328     }
329 
330   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
331 }
332 
333 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
334 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
335 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
336 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
337 /// @code
338 /// template<class T> class A {
339 /// public:
340 ///   typedef int TYPE;
341 /// };
342 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
343 /// public:
344 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
345 /// };
346 /// @endcode
347 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
348   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
349     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
350 
351     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
352     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
353           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
354       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
355         return true;
356     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
357   }
358   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
359 }
360 
361 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
362                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
363                                    Scope *S,
364                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
365                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
366   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
367   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
368 
369   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
370   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
371   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
372   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc),
373                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
374                                              &Validator)) {
375     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
376     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
377 
378     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
379       // We corrected to a keyword.
380       // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
381       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
382         << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr;
383     } else {
384       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
385       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
386       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
387         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
388           << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr
389           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
390       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
391         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
392           << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
393           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
394       else
395         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
396 
397       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
398         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
399 
400       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
401                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
402                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
403                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
404     }
405     return true;
406   }
407 
408   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
409     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
410     UnqualifiedId Name;
411     Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc);
412     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
413     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
414     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
415     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
416                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
417                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
418       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
419       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
420       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
421         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
422           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
423       }
424       return true;
425     }
426   }
427 
428   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
429   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
430 
431   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
432     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II;
433   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
434     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
435       << &II << DC << SS->getRange();
436   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
437     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
438     if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
439       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
440 
441     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
442       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName()
443       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
444       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
445     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc)
446                                                                          .get();
447   } else {
448     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
449            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
450   }
451 
452   return true;
453 }
454 
455 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
456 /// or
457 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
458   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
459                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
460 
461   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
462     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
463       return true;
464 
465     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
466       return true;
467   }
468 
469   return false;
470 }
471 
472 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
473                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
474                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
475                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
476                                             const Token &NextToken) {
477   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
478   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
479 
480   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
481     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
482                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
483 
484   }
485 
486   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
487   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
488 
489   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
490   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
491   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
492   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
493   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
494     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
495     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
496       return E;
497   }
498 
499   bool SecondTry = false;
500   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
501 
502 Corrected:
503   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
504   case LookupResult::NotFound:
505     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
506     // call.
507     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
508       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
509       // FIXME: Reference?
510       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
511         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
512 
513       // C90 6.3.2.2:
514       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
515       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
516       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
517       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
518       //   the function call, the declaration
519       //
520       //     extern int identifier ();
521       //
522       //   appeared.
523       //
524       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
525       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
526         Result.addDecl(D);
527         Result.resolveKind();
528         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
529       }
530     }
531 
532     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
533     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
534     // "struct", or "union".
535     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) {
536       Result.clear(LookupTagName);
537       LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
538       if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
539         const char *TagName = 0;
540         const char *FixItTagName = 0;
541         switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
542           case TTK_Class:
543             TagName = "class";
544             FixItTagName = "class ";
545             break;
546 
547           case TTK_Enum:
548             TagName = "enum";
549             FixItTagName = "enum ";
550             break;
551 
552           case TTK_Struct:
553             TagName = "struct";
554             FixItTagName = "struct ";
555             break;
556 
557           case TTK_Union:
558             TagName = "union";
559             FixItTagName = "union ";
560             break;
561         }
562 
563         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
564           << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
565           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
566         break;
567       }
568 
569       Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName);
570     }
571 
572     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
573     // close to this name.
574     if (!SecondTry) {
575       SecondTry = true;
576       CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator;
577       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
578                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
579                                                  &SS, &DefaultValidator)) {
580         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
581         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
582         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
583         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
584 
585         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
586         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
587           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
588         if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
589             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
590           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
591           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
592         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
593                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
594                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
595                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
596            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
597            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
598          }
599 
600         if (SS.isEmpty())
601           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
602             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
603             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
604         else
605           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
606             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
607             << SS.getRange()
608             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
609 
610         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
611         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
612 
613         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
614         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
615           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
616 
617         // Also update the LookupResult...
618         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
619         Result.clear();
620         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
621         if (FirstDecl) {
622           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
623           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
624             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
625         }
626 
627         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
628         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
629         // reference the ivar.
630         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
631         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
632           Result.clear();
633           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
634           return move(E);
635         }
636 
637         goto Corrected;
638       }
639     }
640 
641     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
642     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
643     return NameClassification::Unknown();
644 
645   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
646     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
647     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
648     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
649 
650     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
651     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
652     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
653     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
654     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
655     //
656     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
657     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
658     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
659     // keyword here.
660     return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
661                                      NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
662   }
663 
664   case LookupResult::Found:
665   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
666   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
667     break;
668 
669   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
670     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
671         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
672       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
673       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
674       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
675       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
676       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
677       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
678       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
679       //   ambiguous.
680       //
681       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
682       // so try again after filtering out template names.
683       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
684       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
685         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
686         break;
687       }
688     }
689 
690     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
691     return NameClassification::Error();
692   }
693 
694   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
695       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
696     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
697     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
698     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
699     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
700     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
701     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
702     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
703       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
704 
705     if (!Result.empty()) {
706       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
707       TemplateName Template;
708       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
709         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
710         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
711                                                      Result.end());
712       } else {
713         TemplateDecl *TD
714           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
715         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
716 
717         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
718           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
719                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
720                                                       TD);
721         else
722           Template = TemplateName(TD);
723       }
724 
725       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
726         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
727         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
728         // to based on which function we selected.
729         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
730 
731         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
732       }
733 
734       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
735     }
736   }
737 
738   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
739   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
740     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
741     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
742     return ParsedType::make(T);
743   }
744 
745   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
746   if (!Class) {
747     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
748     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
749                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
750       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
751   }
752 
753   if (Class) {
754     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
755 
756     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
757       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
758       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
759       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
760       return NameClassification::Unknown();
761     }
762 
763     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
764     return ParsedType::make(T);
765   }
766 
767   if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
768     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
769 
770   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
771   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
772 }
773 
774 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
775 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
776 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
777 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
778 
779   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
780   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
781   // the context we'll need to return to.
782   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
783     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
784 
785     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
786     // lexical context.
787     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
788       return DC;
789 
790     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
791     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
792     // class is the context we need to return to.
793     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
794       DC = RD;
795 
796     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
797     // declared in.
798     return DC;
799   }
800 
801   return DC->getLexicalParent();
802 }
803 
804 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
805   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
806       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
807   CurContext = DC;
808   S->setEntity(DC);
809 }
810 
811 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
812   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
813 
814   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
815   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
816 }
817 
818 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
819 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
820 ///
821 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
822   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
823   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
824   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
825   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
826   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
827   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
828   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
829   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
830   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
831   //   namespace.
832   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
833   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
834   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
835   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
836   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
837 
838   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
839 
840 #ifndef NDEBUG
841   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
842   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
843   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
844 #endif
845 
846   CurContext = DC;
847   S->setEntity(DC);
848 }
849 
850 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
851   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
852 
853   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
854   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
855   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
856   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
857   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
858 
859   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
860   // disappear.
861 }
862 
863 
864 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
865   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
866   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
867     // We assume that the caller has already called
868     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
869     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
870   }
871   if (!FD)
872     return;
873 
874   PushDeclContext(S, FD);
875   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
876     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
877     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
878     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
879       S->AddDecl(Param);
880       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
881     }
882   }
883 }
884 
885 
886 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
887 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
888 ///
889 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
890 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
891 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
892 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
893 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
894 /// attribute.
895 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
896                                        ASTContext &Context) {
897   if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
898     return true;
899 
900   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
901     return true;
902 
903   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
904           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
905 }
906 
907 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
908 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
909   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
910   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
911   // scope.
912   while (S->getEntity() &&
913          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
914     S = S->getParent();
915 
916   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
917   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
918   // into any context.
919   if (AddToContext)
920     CurContext->addDecl(D);
921 
922   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
923   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
924   if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
925       D->isOutOfLine() &&
926       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
927         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
928     return;
929 
930   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
931   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
932       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
933     return;
934 
935   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
936   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
937                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
938   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
939     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
940       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
941       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
942 
943       // Should only need to replace one decl.
944       break;
945     }
946   }
947 
948   S->AddDecl(D);
949 
950   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
951     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
952     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
953     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
954     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
955       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
956       if (IDC == CurContext) {
957         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
958           continue;
959       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
960         break;
961     }
962 
963     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
964   } else {
965     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
966   }
967 }
968 
969 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
970   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
971     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
972 }
973 
974 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
975                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
976   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
977                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
978 }
979 
980 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
981   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
982   do {
983     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
984       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
985         return S;
986   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
987 
988   return 0;
989 }
990 
991 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
992                                             DeclContext*,
993                                             ASTContext&);
994 
995 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
996 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
997 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
998                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
999                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1000                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1001   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1002   while (F.hasNext()) {
1003     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1004 
1005     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1006       continue;
1007 
1008     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1009         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1010       continue;
1011 
1012     F.erase();
1013   }
1014 
1015   F.done();
1016 }
1017 
1018 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1019   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1020          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1021          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1022 }
1023 
1024 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1025 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1026   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1027   while (F.hasNext())
1028     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1029       F.erase();
1030 
1031   F.done();
1032 }
1033 
1034 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1035 /// @code
1036 /// class S {
1037 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1038 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1039 /// };
1040 /// @endcode
1041 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1042   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1043   // the decl here.
1044   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1045     return false;
1046 
1047   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1048     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1049   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1050     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1051   return false;
1052 }
1053 
1054 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1055   assert(D);
1056 
1057   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1058     return false;
1059 
1060   // Ignore class templates.
1061   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1062       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1063     return false;
1064 
1065   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1066     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1067       return false;
1068 
1069     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1070       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1071         return false;
1072     } else {
1073       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1074       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1075           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1076         return false;
1077     }
1078 
1079     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1080         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1081       return false;
1082   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1083     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1084         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
1085         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1086       return false;
1087 
1088     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1089         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1090       return false;
1091 
1092   } else {
1093     return false;
1094   }
1095 
1096   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1097   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1098     return false;
1099 
1100   return true;
1101 }
1102 
1103 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1104   if (!D)
1105     return;
1106 
1107   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1108     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1109     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1110       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1111   }
1112 
1113   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1114     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1115     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1116       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1117   }
1118 
1119    if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1120      UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1121  }
1122 
1123 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1124   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1125     return false;
1126 
1127   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1128     return false;
1129 
1130   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1131     return true;
1132 
1133   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1134   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1135       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1136     return false;
1137 
1138   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1139   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1140 
1141     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1142     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1143 
1144     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1145     if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
1146       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1147         return false;
1148     }
1149 
1150     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1151     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1152     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1153       return false;
1154 
1155     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1156       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1157       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1158         return false;
1159 
1160       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1161         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1162           return false;
1163 
1164         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1165           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1166             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1167           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1168             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1169             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1170               return false;
1171           }
1172         }
1173       }
1174     }
1175 
1176     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1177   }
1178 
1179   return true;
1180 }
1181 
1182 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1183                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1184   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1185     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1186                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true);
1187     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1188       return;
1189     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1190                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1191   }
1192   return;
1193 }
1194 
1195 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1196 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1197 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1198   FixItHint Hint;
1199   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1200     return;
1201 
1202   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1203 
1204   unsigned DiagID;
1205   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1206     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1207   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1208     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1209   else
1210     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1211 
1212   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1213 }
1214 
1215 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1216   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1217   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1218   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1219   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1220     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1221 }
1222 
1223 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1224   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1225   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1226          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1227 
1228   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1229        I != E; ++I) {
1230     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1231     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1232 
1233     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1234     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1235 
1236     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1237 
1238     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1239     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1240       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1241 
1242     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1243     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1244       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1245 
1246     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1247     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1248   }
1249 }
1250 
1251 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1252 ///
1253 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1254 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1255 /// to the fixed name.
1256 ///
1257 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1258 ///
1259 /// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1260 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1261 ///
1262 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1263 /// class could not be found.
1264 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1265                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1266                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1267   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1268   // creation from this context.
1269   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1270 
1271   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1272     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1273     // find an Objective-C class name.
1274     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1275     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1276                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1277                                        &Validator)) {
1278       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1279       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1280         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1281         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1282       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1283         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1284 
1285       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1286     }
1287   }
1288   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1289   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1290   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1291       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1292   return Def;
1293 }
1294 
1295 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1296 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1297 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1298 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1299 /// ill-formed in C++:
1300 /// @code
1301 /// struct S6 {
1302 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1303 /// };
1304 ///
1305 /// void test_S6() {
1306 ///   struct S6 a;
1307 ///   a.e = BAR;
1308 /// }
1309 /// @endcode
1310 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1311 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1312 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1313 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1314 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1315 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1316 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1317 /// contain non-field names.
1318 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1319   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1320          (S->getEntity() &&
1321           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1322          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus))
1323     S = S->getParent();
1324   return S;
1325 }
1326 
1327 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1328 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1329 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1330 /// built-in.
1331 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1332                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1333                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1334   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1335 
1336   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1337   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1338   switch (Error) {
1339   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1340     // Okay
1341     break;
1342 
1343   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1344     if (ForRedeclaration)
1345       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1346         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1347     return 0;
1348 
1349   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1350     if (ForRedeclaration)
1351       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1352         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1353     return 0;
1354 
1355   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1356     if (ForRedeclaration)
1357       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1358         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1359     return 0;
1360   }
1361 
1362   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1363     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1364       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1365       << R;
1366     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1367         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1368           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1369       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1370         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1371         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1372   }
1373 
1374   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1375                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1376                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1377                                            SC_Extern,
1378                                            SC_None, false,
1379                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1380   New->setImplicit();
1381 
1382   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1383   // FunctionDecl.
1384   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1385     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1386     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1387       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1388         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1389                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1390                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1391                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1392       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1393       Params.push_back(parm);
1394     }
1395     New->setParams(Params);
1396   }
1397 
1398   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1399 
1400   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1401   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1402   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1403   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1404   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1405   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1406   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1407   CurContext = SavedContext;
1408   return New;
1409 }
1410 
1411 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1412   QualType OldType;
1413   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1414     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1415   else
1416     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1417   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1418 
1419   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1420     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1421     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1422     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1423       << Kind << NewType;
1424     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1425       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1426     New->setInvalidDecl();
1427     return true;
1428   }
1429 
1430   if (OldType != NewType &&
1431       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1432       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1433       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1434     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1435     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1436       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1437     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1438       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1439     New->setInvalidDecl();
1440     return true;
1441   }
1442   return false;
1443 }
1444 
1445 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1446 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1447 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1448 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1449 ///
1450 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1451   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1452   // merging checks.
1453   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1454 
1455   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1456   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1457   if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
1458     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1459     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1460     default: break;
1461     case 2:
1462       if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1463         break;
1464       Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1465       // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1466       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1467       return;
1468     case 5:
1469       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1470         break;
1471       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1472       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1473       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1474       return;
1475     case 3:
1476       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1477         break;
1478       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1479       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1480       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1481       return;
1482     }
1483     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1484   }
1485 
1486   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1487   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1488   if (!Old) {
1489     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1490       << New->getDeclName();
1491 
1492     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1493     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1494       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1495 
1496     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1497   }
1498 
1499   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1500   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1501     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1502 
1503   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1504   // with any extensions enabled.
1505   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1506     return;
1507 
1508   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1509   // declaration was a typedef.
1510   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1511     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1512 
1513   if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
1514     return;
1515 
1516   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1517     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1518     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1519     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1520     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1521     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1522       return;
1523 
1524     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1525     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1526     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1527     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1528     //
1529     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1530     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1531     //
1532     //   struct S {
1533     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1534     //   };
1535     //
1536     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1537     // allow the above but disallow
1538     //
1539     //   struct S {
1540     //     typedef int I;
1541     //     typedef int I;
1542     //   };
1543     //
1544     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1545     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1546       return;
1547 
1548     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1549       << New->getDeclName();
1550     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1551     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1552   }
1553 
1554   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1555   if (getLangOptions().Modules || getLangOptions().C11)
1556     return;
1557 
1558   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1559   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1560   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1561   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1562   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1563       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1564        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1565     return;
1566 
1567   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1568     << New->getDeclName();
1569   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1570   return;
1571 }
1572 
1573 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1574 /// attribute.
1575 static bool
1576 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1577   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1578   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1579   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1580     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1581       if (Ann) {
1582         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1583           return true;
1584         continue;
1585       }
1586       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1587       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1588         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1589       return true;
1590     }
1591 
1592   return false;
1593 }
1594 
1595 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1596 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
1597                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1598   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1599     return;
1600 
1601   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1602 
1603   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1604   // we process them.
1605   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1606 
1607   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1608          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1609          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1610        i != e; ++i) {
1611     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1612     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1613         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1614          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1615          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1616       continue;
1617 
1618     if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i)) {
1619       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(Context));
1620       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1621       New->addAttr(newAttr);
1622       foundAny = true;
1623     }
1624   }
1625 
1626   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1627 }
1628 
1629 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1630 /// to the new one.
1631 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1632                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1633                                      ASTContext &C) {
1634   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1635     return;
1636 
1637   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1638 
1639   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1640   // done before we process them.
1641   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1642 
1643   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1644        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1645        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1646     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1647       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1648       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1649       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1650       foundAny = true;
1651     }
1652   }
1653 
1654   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1655 }
1656 
1657 namespace {
1658 
1659 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1660 /// C.
1661 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1662   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1663   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1664   QualType PromotedType;
1665 };
1666 
1667 }
1668 
1669 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1670 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1671   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1672     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1673       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1674 
1675     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1676       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1677 
1678     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1679       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1680   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1681     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1682   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1683     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1684   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1685     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1686   }
1687 
1688   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1689 }
1690 
1691 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1692 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1693 /// GNU89 mode.
1694 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1695                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1696   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1697           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1698           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1699           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1700 }
1701 
1702 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1703 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1704 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1705 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1706 ///
1707 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1708 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1709 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1710 /// merged with.
1711 ///
1712 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1713 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) {
1714   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1715   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1716   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1717         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1718     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1719   else
1720     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1721   if (!Old) {
1722     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1723       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1724       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1725            diag::note_using_decl_target);
1726       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1727            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1728       return true;
1729     }
1730 
1731     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1732       << New->getDeclName();
1733     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1734     return true;
1735   }
1736 
1737   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1738   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1739   diag::kind PrevDiag;
1740   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1741     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1742   else if (Old->isImplicit())
1743     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1744   else
1745     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1746 
1747   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1748   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1749 
1750   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1751   // is an extern inline function.
1752   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1753       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1754       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1755       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) {
1756     if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) {
1757       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
1758       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1759     } else {
1760       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
1761       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1762       return true;
1763     }
1764   }
1765 
1766   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
1767   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
1768   // calling convention of the first.
1769   //
1770   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
1771   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
1772   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
1773   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
1774   // because it is the default calling convention.
1775   //
1776   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
1777   // other tests to run.
1778   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
1779   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
1780   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
1781   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
1782   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
1783   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
1784       NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
1785     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
1786     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1787   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
1788                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
1789     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
1790     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
1791       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
1792       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
1793       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
1794           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
1795     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1796     return true;
1797   }
1798 
1799   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
1800   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1801     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
1802     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1803   }
1804 
1805   // Merge regparm attribute.
1806   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
1807       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
1808     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
1809       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
1810         << NewType->getRegParmType()
1811         << OldType->getRegParmType();
1812       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1813       return true;
1814     }
1815 
1816     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
1817     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1818   }
1819 
1820   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
1821   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
1822     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
1823       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
1824       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1825       return true;
1826     }
1827 
1828     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
1829     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1830   }
1831 
1832   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
1833     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
1834     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
1835     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1836   }
1837 
1838   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1839     // (C++98 13.1p2):
1840     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
1841     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
1842     //        cannot be overloaded.
1843     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
1844     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
1845     QualType ResQT;
1846     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
1847       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1848           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1849         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
1850       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
1851         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
1852           Diag(New->getLocation(),
1853                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
1854         else
1855           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
1856         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1857         return true;
1858       }
1859       else
1860         NewQType = ResQT;
1861     }
1862 
1863     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
1864     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
1865     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
1866       // Preserve triviality.
1867       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
1868 
1869       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
1870       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
1871       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
1872       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
1873                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
1874                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
1875       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
1876 
1877       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
1878           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
1879         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
1880         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
1881         //       is a static member function declaration.
1882         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
1883           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
1884           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1885           return true;
1886         }
1887 
1888         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
1889         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
1890         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
1891         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
1892         unsigned NewDiag;
1893         if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
1894           NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
1895         else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
1896           NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
1897         else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
1898           NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
1899         else
1900           NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
1901 
1902         Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
1903         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1904 
1905       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
1906       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
1907       //
1908       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
1909       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
1910       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
1911         if (isFriend) {
1912           NewMethod->setImplicit();
1913         } else {
1914           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
1915                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
1916             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
1917           return true;
1918         }
1919       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) {
1920         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
1921              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
1922           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
1923         return true;
1924       }
1925     }
1926 
1927     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
1928     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
1929     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
1930     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
1931 
1932     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
1933     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
1934     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1935       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
1936       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
1937         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
1938       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
1939       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
1940     }
1941 
1942     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
1943       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1944 
1945     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
1946   }
1947 
1948   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
1949   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
1950   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1951       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
1952     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
1953     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
1954     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
1955     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
1956         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
1957       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
1958       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
1959       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
1960       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
1961                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
1962       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
1963                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
1964                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
1965       New->setType(NewQType);
1966       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
1967 
1968       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
1969       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1970       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
1971              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
1972              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
1973            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
1974         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
1975                                                  SourceLocation(),
1976                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
1977                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
1978                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
1979                                                  0);
1980         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
1981         Param->setImplicit();
1982         Params.push_back(Param);
1983       }
1984 
1985       New->setParams(Params);
1986     }
1987 
1988     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1989   }
1990 
1991   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
1992   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
1993   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
1994   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
1995   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
1996   // the prototype.
1997   //
1998   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
1999   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2000   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2001   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2002   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2003       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2004       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2005       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2006     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2007     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2008     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2009       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2010     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2011       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2012 
2013     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2014     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2015                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2016     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2017     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2018          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2019       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2020       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2021       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2022                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2023         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2024       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2025                                             NewParm->getType(),
2026                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2027         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2028           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2029         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2030         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2031       } else
2032         LooseCompatible = false;
2033     }
2034 
2035     if (LooseCompatible) {
2036       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2037         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2038              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2039           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2040           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2041         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2042           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2043                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2044       }
2045 
2046       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2047                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2048                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2049       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
2050     }
2051 
2052     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2053   }
2054 
2055   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2056   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2057   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2058     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2059     // signature.
2060     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2061       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2062       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2063       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2064       // library built-in.
2065       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2066       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2067         << Old << Old->getType();
2068       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2069       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2070       return false;
2071     }
2072 
2073     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2074   }
2075 
2076   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2077   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2078   return true;
2079 }
2080 
2081 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2082 /// known to be compatible.
2083 ///
2084 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2085 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2086 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2087 /// redeclaration of Old.
2088 ///
2089 /// \returns false
2090 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
2091   // Merge the attributes
2092   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2093 
2094   // Merge the storage class.
2095   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2096       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2097     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2098 
2099   // Merge "pure" flag.
2100   if (Old->isPure())
2101     New->setPure();
2102 
2103   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2104   // declarations.
2105   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2106     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2107       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2108                                Context);
2109 
2110   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2111     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old);
2112 
2113   return false;
2114 }
2115 
2116 
2117 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2118                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2119   // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes
2120   // except from interface to implementation.
2121   bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext());
2122 
2123   // Merge the attributes.
2124   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, mergeDeprecation);
2125 
2126   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2127   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin();
2128   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2129          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2130        ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi)
2131     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2132 
2133   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2134 }
2135 
2136 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2137 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2138 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2139 ///
2140 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2141 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't
2142 /// check them before the initializer is attached.
2143 ///
2144 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2145   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2146     return;
2147 
2148   QualType MergedT;
2149   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2150     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2151     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2152       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2153       return;
2154     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2155       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2156       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2157     }
2158     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2159     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2160     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2161     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2162     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2163     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2164              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2165       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2166         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2167       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2168         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2169       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2170         MergedT = New->getType();
2171     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2172              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2173       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2174         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2175       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2176         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2177       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2178         MergedT = Old->getType();
2179     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2180                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2181         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2182                                                         Old->getType());
2183     }
2184   } else {
2185     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2186   }
2187   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2188     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2189       << New->getDeclName();
2190     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2191     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2192   }
2193   New->setType(MergedT);
2194 }
2195 
2196 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2197 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2198 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2199 ///
2200 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2201 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2202 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2203 ///
2204 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2205   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2206   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2207     return;
2208 
2209   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2210   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2211   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2212       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2213     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2214       << New->getDeclName();
2215     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2216          diag::note_previous_definition);
2217     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2218   }
2219 
2220   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2221   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2222   //
2223   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2224   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2225     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2226       << New->getIdentifier();
2227     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2228     New->setInvalidDecl();
2229   }
2230 
2231   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2232   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2233   // declaration
2234   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2235       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2236       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2237     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2238     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2239     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2240     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2241   }
2242 
2243   // Merge the types.
2244   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2245   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2246     return;
2247 
2248   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2249   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2250       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2251     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2252     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2253     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2254   }
2255   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2256   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2257   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2258   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2259   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2260   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2261   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2262   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2263   //   identifier has external linkage.
2264   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2265     /* Okay */;
2266   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2267            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2268     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2269     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2270     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2271   }
2272 
2273   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2274   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2275       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2276     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2277     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2278     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2279   }
2280   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2281       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2282     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2283     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2284     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2285   }
2286 
2287   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2288 
2289   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2290   // need to check for mismatches.
2291   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2292       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2293       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2294         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2295     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2296     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2297     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2298   }
2299 
2300   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2301     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2302     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2303   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2304     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2305     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2306   }
2307 
2308   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2309   const VarDecl *Def;
2310   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2311       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2312       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2313     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2314       << New->getDeclName();
2315     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2316     New->setInvalidDecl();
2317     return;
2318   }
2319   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2320   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2321   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2322   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2323   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2324   // specified at the prior declaration.
2325   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2326   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2327       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
2328       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
2329     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2330 
2331   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2332   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2333 
2334   // Inherit access appropriately.
2335   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2336 }
2337 
2338 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2339 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2340 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2341                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2342   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS,
2343                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
2344 }
2345 
2346 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2347 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2348 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2349 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2350                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2351                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2352   Decl *TagD = 0;
2353   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2354   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2355       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2356       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2357       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2358     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2359 
2360     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2361       return 0;
2362 
2363     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2364     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2365     // it's a Type.
2366     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2367       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2368     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2369       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2370   }
2371 
2372   if (Tag)
2373     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2374 
2375   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2376     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2377     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2378     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2379       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2380            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2381            << DS.getSourceRange();
2382   }
2383 
2384   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2385     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2386     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2387     if (Tag)
2388       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2389         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2390             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2391             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2392     else
2393       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2394     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2395     return TagD;
2396   }
2397 
2398   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2399     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2400     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2401     if (TagD && !Tag)
2402       return 0;
2403     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2404   }
2405 
2406   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2407   // declarators.
2408   bool emittedWarning = false;
2409 
2410   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2411     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2412         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2413       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
2414           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2415         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2416 
2417       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2418         << DS.getSourceRange();
2419       emittedWarning = true;
2420     }
2421   }
2422 
2423   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2424   if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2425       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2426       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2427     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2428     //   struct STRUCT;
2429     // and
2430     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2431     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2432     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2433         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2434          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2435       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2436         << DS.getSourceRange();
2437       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2438     }
2439   }
2440 
2441   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2442       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2443     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2444       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2445           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2446         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2447           << DS.getSourceRange();
2448         emittedWarning = true;
2449       }
2450 
2451   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2452   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2453 
2454   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2455     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2456     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2457     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2458         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2459       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2460         << DS.getSourceRange();
2461       return Tag;
2462     }
2463 
2464     Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2465       << DS.getSourceRange();
2466     emittedWarning = true;
2467   }
2468 
2469   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2470   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2471   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2472   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2473     return TagD;
2474 
2475   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2476   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2477   // useless.
2478   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2479     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2480       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2481         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2482 
2483   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2484     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2485   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2486     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2487       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2488     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2489       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2490     // Restrict is covered above.
2491   }
2492   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2493     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2494   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2495     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2496   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2497     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2498 
2499   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2500       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2501     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2502       << Tag->getTagKind()
2503       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2504 
2505   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2506   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2507   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2508   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2509     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2510     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2511         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2512         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2513         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2514       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2515       while (attrs) {
2516         Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(),
2517              diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2518         << attrs->getName()
2519         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2520             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2521             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2522         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2523       }
2524     }
2525   }
2526 
2527   return TagD;
2528 }
2529 
2530 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2531 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2532 ///
2533 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2534 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2535                                          Scope *S,
2536                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2537                                          DeclarationName Name,
2538                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2539                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2540   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2541                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2542   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2543 
2544   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2545     return false;
2546 
2547   // Pick a representative declaration.
2548   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2549   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2550 
2551   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2552     return false;
2553 
2554   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2555   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2556 
2557   return true;
2558 }
2559 
2560 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2561 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2562 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2563 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2564 /// struct, e.g.,
2565 ///
2566 /// @code
2567 /// union {
2568 ///   int i;
2569 ///   float f;
2570 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2571 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2572 /// @endcode
2573 ///
2574 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2575 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2576 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2577                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2578                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2579                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2580                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2581                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2582   unsigned diagKind
2583     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2584                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2585 
2586   bool Invalid = false;
2587 
2588   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2589   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2590                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2591        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2592     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2593         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2594       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2595       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2596                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2597         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2598         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2599         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2600         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2601         Invalid = true;
2602       } else {
2603         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2604         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2605         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2606         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2607         //   anonymous union is declared.
2608         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2609         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2610           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2611                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2612             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2613         else
2614           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2615 
2616         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2617         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2618           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2619         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2620           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2621 
2622         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2623           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2624                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2625                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2626 
2627         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2628         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2629         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2630 
2631         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2632         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2633 
2634         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2635       }
2636     }
2637   }
2638 
2639   return Invalid;
2640 }
2641 
2642 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2643 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2644 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2645 static StorageClass
2646 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2647   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2648   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2649   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2650   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2651   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2652   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2653   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2654     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2655   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2656   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2657   }
2658   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2659 }
2660 
2661 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2662 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2663 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2664 static StorageClass
2665 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2666   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2667   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2668   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2669   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2670   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2671     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2672   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
2673   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2674   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
2675   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2676   }
2677   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2678 }
2679 
2680 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
2681 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
2682 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures
2683 /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.
2684 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2685                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2686                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
2687   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
2688 
2689   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
2690   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2691     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
2692   else if (!Record->isUnion())
2693     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct);
2694 
2695   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
2696   // structs/unions.
2697   bool Invalid = false;
2698   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2699     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
2700     unsigned DiagID;
2701     if (Record->isUnion()) {
2702       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2703       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
2704       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
2705       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
2706           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
2707            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
2708             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
2709         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
2710           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
2711 
2712         // Recover by adding 'static'.
2713         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
2714                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2715       }
2716       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2717       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
2718       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
2719       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
2720                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2721         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2722              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
2723           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2724 
2725         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
2726         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
2727                                SourceLocation(),
2728                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2729       }
2730     }
2731 
2732     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
2733     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2734       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2735         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2736           << Record->isUnion() << 0
2737           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
2738       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2739         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
2740              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2741           << Record->isUnion() << 1
2742           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
2743       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2744         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2745              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2746           << Record->isUnion() << 2
2747           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
2748 
2749       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
2750     }
2751 
2752     // C++ [class.union]p2:
2753     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
2754     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
2755     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
2756     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
2757                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
2758          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
2759       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
2760         // C++ [class.union]p3:
2761         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
2762         //   members (clause 11).
2763         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
2764         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
2765           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
2766             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
2767           Invalid = true;
2768         }
2769 
2770         // C++ [class.union]p1
2771         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
2772         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
2773         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
2774         //   array of such objects.
2775         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
2776           Invalid = true;
2777       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
2778         // Any implicit members are fine.
2779       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
2780         // This is a type that showed up in an
2781         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
2782         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
2783         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
2784       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
2785         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2786             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
2787           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2788           if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
2789             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2790               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2791           else {
2792             // This is a nested type declaration.
2793             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2794               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2795             Invalid = true;
2796           }
2797         }
2798       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
2799         // Any access specifier is fine.
2800       } else {
2801         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
2802         // member. Complain about it.
2803         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
2804         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
2805           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
2806         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
2807           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
2808         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
2809           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
2810 
2811         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2812         if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt &&
2813             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2814           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2815             << (int)Record->isUnion();
2816         else {
2817           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
2818               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2819           Invalid = true;
2820         }
2821       }
2822     }
2823   }
2824 
2825   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
2826     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
2827       << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2828     Invalid = true;
2829   }
2830 
2831   // Mock up a declarator.
2832   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
2833   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
2834   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
2835 
2836   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
2837   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
2838   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2839     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
2840                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2841                              Record->getLocation(),
2842                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2843                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2844                              TInfo,
2845                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
2846                              /*HasInit=*/false);
2847     Anon->setAccess(AS);
2848     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2849       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
2850   } else {
2851     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
2852     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2853            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
2854     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2855     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
2856       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
2857       // an error here
2858       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
2859       Invalid = true;
2860       SC = SC_None;
2861     }
2862     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
2863     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
2864       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2865 
2866     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
2867                            DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2868                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2869                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2870                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
2871 
2872     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
2873     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
2874     // initializer:
2875     //   union { int n = 0; };
2876     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
2877   }
2878   Anon->setImplicit();
2879 
2880   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
2881   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
2882   // its members.
2883   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
2884 
2885   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
2886   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2887   // purposes.
2888   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
2889   Chain.push_back(Anon);
2890 
2891   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
2892                                           Chain, false))
2893     Invalid = true;
2894 
2895   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
2896   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
2897   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
2898   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
2899   // builds its lookup table, and once by
2900   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
2901   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
2902 
2903   if (Invalid)
2904     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
2905 
2906   return Anon;
2907 }
2908 
2909 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
2910 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
2911 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
2912 /// Example:
2913 ///
2914 /// struct A { int a; };
2915 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
2916 ///
2917 /// void foo() {
2918 ///   B var;
2919 ///   var.a = 3;
2920 /// }
2921 ///
2922 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2923                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
2924 
2925   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
2926   if (!Record)
2927     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
2928 
2929   // Mock up a declarator.
2930   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
2931   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
2932   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
2933 
2934   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
2935   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
2936                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
2937                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2938                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2939                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2940                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2941                              TInfo,
2942                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
2943                              /*HasInit=*/false);
2944   Anon->setImplicit();
2945 
2946   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
2947   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
2948 
2949   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
2950   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2951   // purposes.
2952   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
2953   Chain.push_back(Anon);
2954 
2955   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
2956                                           Record->getDefinition(),
2957                                           AS_none, Chain, true))
2958     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
2959 
2960   return Anon;
2961 }
2962 
2963 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
2964 /// given Declarator.
2965 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
2966   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
2967 }
2968 
2969 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
2970 DeclarationNameInfo
2971 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
2972   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2973   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2974 
2975   switch (Name.getKind()) {
2976 
2977   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
2978   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
2979     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
2980     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2981     return NameInfo;
2982 
2983   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
2984     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2985                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
2986     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2987     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
2988       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
2989     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
2990       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
2991     return NameInfo;
2992 
2993   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
2994     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
2995                                                            Name.Identifier));
2996     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2997     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
2998     return NameInfo;
2999 
3000   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3001     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3002     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3003     if (Ty.isNull())
3004       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3005     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3006                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3007     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3008     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3009     return NameInfo;
3010   }
3011 
3012   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3013     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3014     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3015     if (Ty.isNull())
3016       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3017     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3018                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3019     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3020     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3021     return NameInfo;
3022   }
3023 
3024   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3025     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3026     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3027     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3028     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3029     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3030       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3031 
3032     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3033     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3034 
3035     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3036     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3037     // was qualified.
3038 
3039     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3040                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3041     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3042     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3043     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3044     return NameInfo;
3045   }
3046 
3047   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3048     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3049     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3050     if (Ty.isNull())
3051       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3052     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3053                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3054     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3055     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3056     return NameInfo;
3057   }
3058 
3059   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3060     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3061     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3062     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3063   }
3064 
3065   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3066 
3067   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3068 }
3069 
3070 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3071   do {
3072     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3073       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3074     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3075       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3076     else
3077       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3078   } while (true);
3079 }
3080 
3081 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3082 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3083 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3084 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3085 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3086 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3087 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3088 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3089                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3090                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3091                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3092   Params.clear();
3093   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3094     return false;
3095   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3096     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3097     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3098 
3099     // The parameter types are identical
3100     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3101       continue;
3102 
3103     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3104     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3105     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3106     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3107 
3108     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3109         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3110       Params.push_back(Idx);
3111     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3112       return false;
3113   }
3114 
3115   return true;
3116 }
3117 
3118 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3119 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3120 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3121 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3122 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3123 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3124                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3125   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3126   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3127   //   - types which will become injected class names
3128   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3129   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3130   // few cases here.
3131 
3132   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3133   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3134   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3135   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3136   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3137   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3138   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3139     // Grab the type from the parser.
3140     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3141     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3142     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3143 
3144     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3145     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3146     // attached already.
3147     if (!TSI)
3148       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3149 
3150     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3151     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3152     if (!TSI) return true;
3153 
3154     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3155     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3156     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3157     break;
3158   }
3159 
3160   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3161     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3162     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3163     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3164     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3165     break;
3166   }
3167 
3168   default:
3169     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3170     break;
3171   }
3172 
3173   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3174   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3175     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3176 
3177     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3178     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3179     // pointer.
3180     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3181       continue;
3182 
3183     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3184     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3185     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3186       return true;
3187   }
3188 
3189   return false;
3190 }
3191 
3192 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3193   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3194   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
3195 
3196   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3197       Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3198     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3199 
3200   return Dcl;
3201 }
3202 
3203 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3204 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3205 ///   name different from T:
3206 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3207 ///     - every member function of class T
3208 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3209 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3210 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3211                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3212   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3213 
3214   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3215     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3216       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3217       return true;
3218     }
3219 
3220   return false;
3221 }
3222 
3223 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3224                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3225   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3226   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3227   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3228 
3229   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3230   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3231   if (!Name) {
3232     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3233       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3234            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3235         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3236     return 0;
3237   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3238     return 0;
3239 
3240   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3241   // we find one that is.
3242   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3243          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3244     S = S->getParent();
3245 
3246   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3247   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3248     D.setInvalidType();
3249   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3250     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3251                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3252       return 0;
3253 
3254     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3255     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3256     if (!DC) {
3257       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3258       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3259       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3260       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3261       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3262            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3263         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3264         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3265       return 0;
3266     }
3267     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3268 
3269     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3270         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3271       return 0;
3272 
3273     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
3274       if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3275         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3276              diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3277           << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3278         D.setInvalidType();
3279       } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) &&
3280                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3281         // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class
3282         // definition:
3283         //
3284         // class X {
3285         //   void X::f();
3286         // };
3287         if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) {
3288           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification)
3289             << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange());
3290         } else {
3291           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification)
3292             << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3293 
3294           // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3295           // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3296           // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3297           if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3298                Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3299               !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3300                  Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))))
3301             return 0;
3302         }
3303 
3304         // Pretend that this qualifier was not here.
3305         D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
3306       }
3307     }
3308 
3309     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3310     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3311     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3312         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3313       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3314       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3315         D.setInvalidType();
3316     }
3317   }
3318 
3319   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3320     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3321     // Just return early; it's safer.
3322     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3323       return 0;
3324 
3325   NamedDecl *New;
3326 
3327   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3328   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3329 
3330   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3331                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3332     D.setInvalidType();
3333 
3334   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3335                         ForRedeclaration);
3336 
3337   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3338   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3339     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3340 
3341     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3342     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3343     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3344     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3345       /* Do nothing*/;
3346     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3347       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3348           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3349         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3350     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3351       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3352     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3353              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3354       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3355 
3356     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3357       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3358 
3359     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3360   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3361     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3362 
3363     // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for
3364     // out-of-line members.
3365     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3366 
3367     // C++ 7.3.1.2p2:
3368     // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named
3369     // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit
3370     // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being
3371     // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears
3372     // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the
3373     // declarations namespace.
3374     //
3375     // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet
3376     // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually
3377     // the declaration we want to match. For example, given:
3378     //
3379     //   class X {
3380     //     void f();
3381     //     void f(float);
3382     //   };
3383     //
3384     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3385     //
3386     // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set
3387     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3388     // matches.
3389 
3390     // First check whether we named the global scope.
3391     if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
3392       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3393         << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3394     } else {
3395       DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3396       while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3397         Cur = Cur->getParent();
3398       if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3399         // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration.
3400         // Emit diagnostic based on current scope.
3401         SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc();
3402         SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3403         if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3404           Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R;
3405         else
3406           Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3407             << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R;
3408         D.setInvalidType();
3409       }
3410 
3411       // C++11 8.3p1:
3412       // ... "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3413       // not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3414       NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc =
3415             D.getCXXScopeSpec().getWithLocInContext(Context);
3416       assert(SpecLoc && "A non-empty CXXScopeSpec should have a non-empty "
3417                         "NestedNameSpecifierLoc");
3418       while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3419         SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3420       if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3421             SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3422         Diag(SpecLoc.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3423           << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3424     }
3425   }
3426 
3427   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3428       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3429     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3430     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3431       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3432                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3433 
3434     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3435     Previous.clear();
3436   }
3437 
3438   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3439   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3440   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3441   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3442   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3443       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3444     Previous.clear();
3445 
3446   bool AddToScope = true;
3447   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3448     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3449       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3450       return 0;
3451     }
3452 
3453     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3454   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3455     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3456                                   move(TemplateParamLists),
3457                                   AddToScope);
3458   } else {
3459     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3460                                   move(TemplateParamLists));
3461   }
3462 
3463   if (New == 0)
3464     return 0;
3465 
3466   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3467   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3468   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3469        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3470     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3471 
3472   return New;
3473 }
3474 
3475 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
3476 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
3477 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
3478 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3479                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3480                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3481                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3482   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3483   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3484   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3485   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3486   SizeIsNegative = false;
3487   Oversized = 0;
3488 
3489   if (T->isDependentType())
3490     return QualType();
3491 
3492   QualifierCollector Qs;
3493   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3494 
3495   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3496     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3497     QualType FixedType =
3498         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3499                                             Oversized);
3500     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3501     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3502     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3503   }
3504   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3505     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3506     QualType FixedType =
3507         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3508                                             Oversized);
3509     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3510     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3511     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3512   }
3513 
3514   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3515   if (!VLATy)
3516     return QualType();
3517   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3518   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3519     return QualType();
3520 
3521   llvm::APSInt Res;
3522   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3523       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3524     return QualType();
3525 
3526   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3527   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3528     SizeIsNegative = true;
3529     return QualType();
3530   }
3531 
3532   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3533   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3534     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3535                                               Res);
3536   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3537     Oversized = Res;
3538     return QualType();
3539   }
3540 
3541   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3542                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3543 }
3544 
3545 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3546 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3547 void
3548 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3549                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3550                                        Scope *S) {
3551   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3552          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3553   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3554   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3555 
3556   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3557     return;
3558 
3559   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3560 
3561   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3562   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3563   // declaration.
3564   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3565     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3566     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3567 
3568     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3569       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3570       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3571       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
3572       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
3573 
3574     } else {
3575       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
3576       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
3577         S = S->getParent();
3578     }
3579 
3580     if (S)
3581       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
3582   }
3583 }
3584 
3585 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
3586 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
3587   if (ExternalSource) {
3588     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
3589     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
3590     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
3591     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
3592       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3593         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
3594       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3595         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
3596     }
3597   }
3598 
3599   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
3600 }
3601 
3602 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
3603 /// does not identify a function.
3604 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
3605   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
3606   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
3607   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
3608     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3609          diag::err_inline_non_function);
3610 
3611   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
3612     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3613          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3614 
3615   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
3616     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3617          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
3618 }
3619 
3620 NamedDecl*
3621 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3622                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
3623   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3624   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3625     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
3626       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3627     D.setInvalidType();
3628     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
3629     DC = CurContext;
3630     Previous.clear();
3631   }
3632 
3633   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3634     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3635     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3636   }
3637 
3638   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3639 
3640   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3641     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3642   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3643     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
3644       << 1;
3645 
3646   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
3647     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
3648       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
3649     return 0;
3650   }
3651 
3652   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
3653   if (!NewTD) return 0;
3654 
3655   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3656   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
3657 
3658   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
3659 
3660   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
3661   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3662   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
3663   return ND;
3664 }
3665 
3666 void
3667 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3668   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
3669   // then it shall have block scope.
3670   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
3671   // that redeclarations will match.
3672   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
3673   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3674     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3675 
3676     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3677       bool SizeIsNegative;
3678       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3679       QualType FixedTy =
3680           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3681                                               Oversized);
3682       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
3683         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3684         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
3685       } else {
3686         if (SizeIsNegative)
3687           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
3688         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
3689           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
3690         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
3691           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
3692             << Oversized.toString(10);
3693         else
3694           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
3695         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
3696       }
3697     }
3698   }
3699 }
3700 
3701 
3702 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
3703 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
3704 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
3705 NamedDecl*
3706 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
3707                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
3708   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
3709   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
3710   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
3711                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
3712   if (!Previous.empty()) {
3713     Redeclaration = true;
3714     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
3715   }
3716 
3717   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
3718   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
3719     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
3720         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
3721       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
3722         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
3723       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
3724         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3725       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
3726         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3727       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
3728         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
3729       else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list"))
3730         Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD));
3731     }
3732 
3733   return NewTD;
3734 }
3735 
3736 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
3737 /// previous declaration.
3738 ///
3739 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
3740 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
3741 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
3742 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
3743 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
3744 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
3745 ///
3746 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
3747 /// lookup
3748 ///
3749 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
3750 /// declared.
3751 ///
3752 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
3753 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
3754 static bool
3755 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
3756                                 ASTContext &Context) {
3757   if (!PrevDecl)
3758     return false;
3759 
3760   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
3761     return false;
3762 
3763   if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3764     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
3765     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
3766     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
3767     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
3768     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
3769     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
3770     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
3771     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
3772       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
3773       return false;
3774 
3775     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
3776     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
3777       // We found a member function: ignore it.
3778       return false;
3779 
3780     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
3781     // previous declarations.
3782     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
3783     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
3784 
3785     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
3786     // isn't the same function.
3787     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
3788       return false;
3789   }
3790 
3791   return true;
3792 }
3793 
3794 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
3795   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
3796   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
3797   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
3798 }
3799 
3800 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
3801   QualType type = decl->getType();
3802   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
3803   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
3804     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
3805     unsigned kind = -1U;
3806     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
3807       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
3808         kind = 0; // __block
3809       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
3810         kind = 1; // global
3811     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
3812       kind = 3; // ivar
3813     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
3814       kind = 2; // field
3815     }
3816 
3817     if (kind != -1U) {
3818       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
3819         << kind;
3820     }
3821   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
3822     // Try to infer lifetime.
3823     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
3824       return false;
3825 
3826     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
3827     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
3828     decl->setType(type);
3829   }
3830 
3831   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
3832     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
3833     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
3834         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
3835       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
3836         << var->getType();
3837       return true;
3838     }
3839   }
3840 
3841   return false;
3842 }
3843 
3844 NamedDecl*
3845 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
3846                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
3847                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3848   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3849   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
3850 
3851   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3852   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3853     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3854 
3855   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
3856   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3857          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3858   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3859   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3860     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3861     // an error here
3862     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3863     D.setInvalidType();
3864     SC = SC_None;
3865   }
3866   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3867   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3868     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3869 
3870   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3871   if (!II) {
3872     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
3873       << Name;
3874     return 0;
3875   }
3876 
3877   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3878 
3879   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3880     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
3881     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
3882     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
3883 
3884       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
3885       // is a GNU extension.
3886       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
3887         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
3888       else
3889         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
3890       D.setInvalidType();
3891     }
3892   }
3893 
3894   if (getLangOptions().OpenCL) {
3895     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
3896     // OpenCL __local address space.
3897     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
3898       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
3899   }
3900 
3901   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
3902   VarDecl *NewVD;
3903   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3904     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3905                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
3906                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3907 
3908     if (D.isInvalidType())
3909       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3910   } else {
3911     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
3912       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
3913       if (SC == SC_Static) {
3914         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3915              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
3916           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3917       } else if (SC == SC_None)
3918         SC = SC_Static;
3919     }
3920     if (SC == SC_Static) {
3921       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
3922         if (RD->isLocalClass())
3923           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3924                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
3925             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
3926 
3927         // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
3928         // the program is ill-formed.
3929         //
3930         // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
3931         if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName()))
3932           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3933                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct)
3934             << Name << RD->isUnion();
3935       }
3936     }
3937 
3938     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
3939     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
3940     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
3941     bool Invalid = false;
3942     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
3943         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
3944                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3945                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3946                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3947                                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
3948                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
3949                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
3950                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
3951                                                   Invalid)) {
3952       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
3953         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
3954         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
3955           << II
3956           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3957                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
3958         return 0;
3959       } else {
3960         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
3961         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
3962         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3963              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
3964           << II
3965           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3966                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
3967       }
3968     }
3969 
3970     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3971                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
3972                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3973 
3974     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
3975     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
3976     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
3977         R->getContainedAutoType())
3978       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
3979 
3980     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
3981       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3982 
3983     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
3984 
3985     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3986       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
3987                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
3988                                            TemplateParamLists.release());
3989     }
3990 
3991     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3992       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
3993   }
3994 
3995   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
3996   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
3997   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
3998 
3999   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
4000     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4001       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
4002     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4003       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4004     else
4005       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
4006   }
4007 
4008   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4009     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4010       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4011         << 2
4012         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4013     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4014       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4015         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4016         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4017         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4018     else
4019       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4020   }
4021 
4022   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4023   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4024 
4025   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4026   // retainable type.
4027   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4028     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4029 
4030   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4031   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4032     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4033     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4034     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4035     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4036       switch (SC) {
4037       case SC_None:
4038       case SC_Auto:
4039         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4040         break;
4041       case SC_Register:
4042         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4043           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4044         break;
4045       case SC_Static:
4046       case SC_Extern:
4047       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4048       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4049         break;
4050       }
4051     }
4052 
4053     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4054                                                 Context, Label));
4055   }
4056 
4057   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4058   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4059     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4060 
4061   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4062   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4063   // declaration has linkage).
4064   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4065                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4066 
4067   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4068     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4069   } else {
4070     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4071     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4072       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4073           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4074           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4075         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4076         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4077         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4078           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4079         Previous.clear();
4080         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4081       }
4082     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4083       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4084       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4085         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4086         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4087       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4088     }
4089 
4090     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4091 
4092     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4093     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4094         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4095       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4096   }
4097 
4098   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
4099   // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not
4100   // here.
4101   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4102     VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4103     if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) &&
4104         Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) {
4105       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
4106       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4107     }
4108   }
4109 
4110   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4111   // such variables.
4112   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4113       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4114     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4115 
4116   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4117   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4118   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4119     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4120 
4121   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
4122 
4123   return NewVD;
4124 }
4125 
4126 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4127 /// -Wshadow.
4128 ///
4129 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4130 /// scope.
4131 ///
4132 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4133 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4134 ///
4135 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4136   // Return if warning is ignored.
4137   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4138         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4139     return;
4140 
4141   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4142   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4143     return;
4144 
4145   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4146 
4147   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4148   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4149     return;
4150 
4151   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4152   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4153     return;
4154 
4155   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4156   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4157     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4158       if (MD->isStatic())
4159         return;
4160 
4161   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4162     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4163       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4164       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4165       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4166              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4167            I != E; ++I)
4168         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4169           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4170           break;
4171         }
4172     }
4173 
4174   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4175 
4176   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4177   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4178     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4179     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4180       return;
4181 
4182     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4183     // static data members from base classes?
4184 
4185     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4186     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4187     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4188   }
4189 
4190   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4191   unsigned Kind;
4192   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4193     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4194       Kind = 3; // field
4195     else
4196       Kind = 2; // static data member
4197   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4198     Kind = 1; // global
4199   else
4200     Kind = 0; // local
4201 
4202   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4203 
4204   // Emit warning and note.
4205   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4206   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4207 }
4208 
4209 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4210 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4211   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4212         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4213     return;
4214 
4215   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4216                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4217   LookupName(R, S);
4218   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4219 }
4220 
4221 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4222 /// declaration.
4223 ///
4224 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4225 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4226 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4227 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4228 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4229 ///
4230 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4231 ///
4232 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4233 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4234                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4235   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4236   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4237     return false;
4238 
4239   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
4240 
4241   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4242     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4243       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4244     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4245     NewVD->setType(T);
4246   }
4247 
4248   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4249   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4250   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4251   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4252   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4253     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4254     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4255     return false;
4256   }
4257 
4258   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4259       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4260     if (getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4261       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4262     else
4263       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4264   }
4265 
4266   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4267   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4268       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4269     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4270 
4271   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4272       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4273     bool SizeIsNegative;
4274     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4275     QualType FixedTy =
4276         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4277                                             Oversized);
4278 
4279     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4280       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4281       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4282       // int a[10][n];
4283       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4284 
4285       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4286         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4287         << SizeRange;
4288       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4289         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4290         << SizeRange;
4291       else
4292         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4293         << SizeRange;
4294       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4295       return false;
4296     }
4297 
4298     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
4299       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4300         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4301       else
4302         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4303       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4304       return false;
4305     }
4306 
4307     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4308     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
4309   }
4310 
4311   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4312     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4313     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4314     // declaration with the same name.
4315     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4316       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4317     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4318       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4319   }
4320 
4321   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4322     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4323       << T;
4324     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4325     return false;
4326   }
4327 
4328   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4329     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4330     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4331     return false;
4332   }
4333 
4334   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4335     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4336     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4337     return false;
4338   }
4339 
4340   // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only
4341   // function pointer-to-members can do that.
4342   QualType Pointee;
4343   unsigned PtrOrRef = 0;
4344   if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4345     Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4346   else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
4347     Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType();
4348     PtrOrRef = 1;
4349   }
4350   if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() &&
4351       Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) {
4352     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer)
4353         << PtrOrRef;
4354     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4355     return false;
4356   }
4357 
4358   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4359     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4360     return true;
4361   }
4362   return false;
4363 }
4364 
4365 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4366 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4367   Sema *S;
4368   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4369 };
4370 
4371 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4372 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4373 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4374 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4375                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4376                                  void *UserData) {
4377   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4378 
4379   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4380     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4381 
4382   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4383 
4384   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4385   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4386     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4387     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4388     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4389 
4390     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4391   }
4392 
4393   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4394        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
4395        ++Path.Decls.first) {
4396     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
4397     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4398       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4399         return true;
4400     }
4401   }
4402 
4403   return false;
4404 }
4405 
4406 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4407 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4408 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4409   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4410   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4411   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4412   Data.Method = MD;
4413   Data.S = this;
4414   bool AddedAny = false;
4415   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4416     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4417          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4418       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4419         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4420         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4421             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4422             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4423           AddedAny = true;
4424         }
4425       }
4426     }
4427   }
4428 
4429   return AddedAny;
4430 }
4431 
4432 namespace {
4433   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4434   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4435   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4436     Scope *S;
4437     Declarator &D;
4438     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4439     bool AddToScope;
4440   };
4441 }
4442 
4443 namespace {
4444 
4445 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4446 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4447  public:
4448   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4449     return candidate.getEditDistance() > 0;
4450   }
4451 };
4452 
4453 }
4454 
4455 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4456 ///
4457 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4458 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4459 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4460 /// the same name.
4461 ///
4462 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4463 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4464 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4465     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4466     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4467   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4468   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4469   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4470   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4471                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4472   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4473   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4474   TypoCorrection Correction;
4475   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4476                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4477   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4478                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4479 
4480   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4481   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4482   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4483          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4484   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator;
4485   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4486     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4487          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4488       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4489       if (FD &&
4490           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4491         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4492         // involve a parameter
4493         unsigned ParamNum =
4494             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4495         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4496       }
4497     }
4498   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
4499   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
4500                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
4501                                          &Validator, NewDC))) {
4502     // Trap errors.
4503     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
4504 
4505     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
4506     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
4507                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4508     Previous.clear();
4509     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
4510     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
4511                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
4512          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4513       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4514       if (FD && hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD,
4515                                      MismatchedParams)) {
4516         Previous.addDecl(FD);
4517       }
4518     }
4519     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
4520     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
4521     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
4522     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
4523     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
4524                                              NewFD->getDeclContext(),
4525                                              NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
4526                                              Previous,
4527                                              ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
4528                                              ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
4529     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
4530       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
4531       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4532                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4533       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
4534       Previous.clear();
4535       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
4536       Result = NULL;
4537     } else {
4538       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
4539                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
4540            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4541         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
4542           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
4543       }
4544     }
4545     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
4546       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
4547       Correction = TypoCorrection();
4548     } else {
4549       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
4550                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
4551     }
4552   }
4553 
4554   if (Correction)
4555     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4556         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions())
4557         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4558             NewFD->getLocation(),
4559             Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOptions()));
4560   else
4561     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4562         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
4563 
4564   bool NewFDisConst = false;
4565   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4566     NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
4567 
4568   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
4569        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
4570        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
4571     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
4572     bool FDisConst = false;
4573     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
4574       FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
4575 
4576     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
4577       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
4578       SemaRef.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
4579              diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
4580           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
4581     } else if (Correction) {
4582       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
4583           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions());
4584     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
4585       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
4586           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
4587     } else
4588       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
4589   }
4590   return Result;
4591 }
4592 
4593 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
4594                                                           Declarator &D) {
4595   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
4596   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
4597   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
4598   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
4599   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
4600     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4601                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
4602     D.setInvalidType();
4603     break;
4604   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
4605   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
4606   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
4607     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4608       // C99 6.7.1p5:
4609       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
4610       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
4611       //   other than extern
4612       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
4613       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4614                    diag::err_static_block_func);
4615       break;
4616     } else
4617       return SC_Static;
4618   }
4619   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4620   }
4621 
4622   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
4623   return SC_None;
4624 }
4625 
4626 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
4627                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
4628                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4629                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
4630                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
4631   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4632   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4633 
4634   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
4635   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4636   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4637   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4638     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4639 
4640   if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4641     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4642     // prototype. This true when:
4643     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
4644     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
4645     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
4646     bool HasPrototype =
4647       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
4648       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
4649 
4650     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4651                                  D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R,
4652                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4653                                  HasPrototype);
4654     if (D.isInvalidType())
4655       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4656 
4657     // Set the lexical context.
4658     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
4659 
4660     return NewFD;
4661   }
4662 
4663   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
4664   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
4665 
4666   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
4667   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
4668   // the class has been completely parsed.
4669   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
4670       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4671                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4672                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4673                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
4674     D.setInvalidType();
4675 
4676   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
4677     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
4678     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
4679            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
4680 
4681     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4682     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4683                                       D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo,
4684                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
4685                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
4686                                       isConstexpr);
4687 
4688   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4689     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
4690     if (DC->isRecord()) {
4691       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4692       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4693       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
4694                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
4695                                         D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4696                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
4697                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
4698 
4699       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
4700       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
4701       // it yet.
4702       if (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
4703           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
4704           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
4705         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
4706       }
4707 
4708       IsVirtualOkay = true;
4709       return NewDD;
4710 
4711     } else {
4712       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
4713       D.setInvalidType();
4714 
4715       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
4716       // code path.
4717       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4718                                   D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4719                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
4720                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4721                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
4722     }
4723 
4724   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
4725     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
4726       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4727            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
4728       return 0;
4729     }
4730 
4731     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4732     IsVirtualOkay = true;
4733     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4734                                      D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo,
4735                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
4736                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
4737 
4738   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
4739     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
4740     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
4741     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
4742     // constructor if it has no return type).
4743     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
4744         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
4745       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
4746         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
4747         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
4748       return 0;
4749     }
4750 
4751     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
4752 
4753     // [class.free]p1:
4754     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
4755     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
4756     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
4757         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
4758       isStatic = true;
4759 
4760     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
4761     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
4762     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
4763         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
4764       isStatic = true;
4765 
4766     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
4767 
4768     // This is a C++ method declaration.
4769     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4770                                  D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R,
4771                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4772                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
4773 
4774   } else {
4775     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4776     // prototype. This true when:
4777     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
4778     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4779                                 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4780                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4781                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
4782   }
4783 }
4784 
4785 NamedDecl*
4786 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4787                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4788                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4789                               bool &AddToScope) {
4790   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4791 
4792   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
4793 
4794   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4795   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4796   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4797   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
4798 
4799   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4800     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
4801 
4802   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4803   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
4804     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4805          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
4806     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
4807     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
4808 
4809     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
4810     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4811     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
4812       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
4813       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
4814                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
4815     }
4816     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
4817       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
4818   }
4819 
4820   bool isFriend = false;
4821   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
4822   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4823   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
4824   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
4825   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
4826 
4827   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
4828                                               isVirtualOkay);
4829   if (!NewFD) return 0;
4830 
4831   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
4832     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4833 
4834   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4835     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4836     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
4837     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
4838     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
4839     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4840     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
4841       // C++ [class.friend]p5
4842       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
4843       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
4844       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
4845     }
4846 
4847     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
4848     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4849     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
4850     if (D.isInvalidType())
4851       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4852 
4853     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
4854     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
4855     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4856     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4857 
4858     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4859     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4860     bool Invalid = false;
4861     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4862           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4863                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4864                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4865                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4866                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
4867                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4868                                   isFriend,
4869                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4870                                   Invalid)) {
4871       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4872         // This is a function template
4873 
4874         // Check that we can declare a template here.
4875         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
4876           return 0;
4877 
4878         // A destructor cannot be a template.
4879         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4880           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
4881           return 0;
4882         }
4883 
4884         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
4885         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
4886         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
4887         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
4888           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4889           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
4890             Invalid = true;
4891         }
4892 
4893 
4894         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
4895                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
4896                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
4897                                                         NewFD);
4898         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4899         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
4900 
4901         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
4902         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
4903           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4904                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
4905                                                TemplateParamLists.release());
4906         }
4907       } else {
4908         // This is a function template specialization.
4909         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
4910         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
4911         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4912                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
4913                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
4914 
4915         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
4916         if (isFriend) {
4917           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
4918           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
4919 
4920           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
4921           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
4922           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
4923           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
4924           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
4925           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
4926           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
4927             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
4928             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
4929           }
4930 
4931           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
4932             << Name << RemoveRange
4933             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
4934             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
4935         }
4936       }
4937     }
4938     else {
4939       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
4940       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
4941       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
4942         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
4943         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4944                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
4945                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
4946     }
4947 
4948     if (Invalid) {
4949       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4950       if (FunctionTemplate)
4951         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
4952     }
4953 
4954     // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is
4955     // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration.
4956     // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here.
4957     if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration &&
4958         CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4959         D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() &&
4960         D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten()
4961           == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4962       QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
4963       DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0);
4964       if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic &&
4965           !C.Fun.TrailingReturnType &&
4966           C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
4967         SourceRange ParenRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc);
4968         Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) << ParenRange;
4969 
4970         // If the declaration looks like:
4971         //   T var1,
4972         //   f();
4973         // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was
4974         // probably intended to be a ';'.
4975         if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) {
4976           FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), SourceMgr);
4977           FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), SourceMgr);
4978           if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() ||
4979               Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) {
4980             LookupResult Result(*this, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(),
4981                                 LookupOrdinaryName);
4982             if (LookupName(Result, S))
4983               Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call)
4984                 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") << NewFD;
4985           }
4986         }
4987         const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4988         // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean default
4989         // initialization. These are equivalent if the default constructor is
4990         // user-provided, or if zero-initialization is a no-op.
4991         if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() &&
4992             (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor()))
4993           Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor)
4994             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange);
4995         else if (const char *Init = getFixItZeroInitializerForType(T))
4996           Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize)
4997             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init);
4998         else if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
4999           Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize)
5000             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, "{}");
5001       }
5002     }
5003 
5004     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
5005     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
5006     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
5007     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5008     //
5009     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5010       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5011         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5012              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5013       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5014         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5015         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5016              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5017           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5018       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5019         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5020         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5021         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5022              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5023           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5024       } else {
5025         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5026         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5027       }
5028     }
5029 
5030     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5031     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5032     //  declaration.
5033     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5034       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5035         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5036         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5037              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5038           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5039       }
5040     }
5041 
5042     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5043     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5044     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5045     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5046     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5047       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5048         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5049         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5050              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5051           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5052       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5053                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5054         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5055         // or conversion function.
5056         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5057              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5058           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5059       }
5060     }
5061 
5062     if (isConstexpr) {
5063       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5064       // are implicitly inline.
5065       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5066 
5067       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5068       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5069       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5070       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5071         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5072     }
5073 
5074     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5075     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5076       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5077         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5078           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5079         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5080           << 0
5081           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5082       } else {
5083         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5084         if (FunctionTemplate)
5085           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5086       }
5087     }
5088 
5089     if (isFriend) {
5090       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5091       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5092         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5093         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5094       }
5095       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5096       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5097     }
5098 
5099     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5100     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5101       case FDK_Declaration:
5102       case FDK_Definition:
5103         break;
5104 
5105       case FDK_Defaulted:
5106         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5107         break;
5108 
5109       case FDK_Deleted:
5110         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5111         break;
5112     }
5113 
5114     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5115         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5116       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5117       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5118       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5119       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5120     }
5121 
5122     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5123         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5124       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5125       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5126       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5127       //   the class.
5128 
5129       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5130       // member function definition.
5131       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5132            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5133         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5134     }
5135   }
5136 
5137   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5138   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5139                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5140                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5141 
5142   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5143   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5144     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5145     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5146     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5147                                                 SE->getString()));
5148   }
5149 
5150   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5151   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5152   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5153   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5154     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5155 
5156     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5157     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5158     // single void argument.
5159     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5160     // already checks for that case.
5161     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5162         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5163         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5164       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5165       ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
5166 
5167       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5168       // typedef of void is not permitted.
5169       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5170           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5171         bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5172         if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5173           IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5174         else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5175                    Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5176           IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5177         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5178           << IsTypeAlias;
5179       }
5180     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5181       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5182         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5183         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5184         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5185         Params.push_back(Param);
5186 
5187         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5188           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5189       }
5190     }
5191 
5192   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5193     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5194     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5195     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5196     //
5197     // @code
5198     // typedef void fn(int);
5199     // fn f;
5200     // @endcode
5201 
5202     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5203     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5204          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5205       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5206         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5207       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5208       Params.push_back(Param);
5209     }
5210   } else {
5211     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5212            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5213   }
5214 
5215   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5216   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5217 
5218   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5219   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5220                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5221 
5222   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5223     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5224     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5225     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5226       if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5227         // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5228         // because all functions have linkage.
5229         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5230         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5231       } else {
5232         if (NewFD->isMain())
5233           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5234         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5235                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5236       }
5237     }
5238     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5239             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5240            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5241   } else {
5242     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5243     // argument list into our AST format.
5244     bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5245     TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5246     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5247       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5248       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5249       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5250       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
5251                                          TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5252                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5253       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5254                                  TemplateArgs);
5255       TemplateArgsPtr.release();
5256 
5257       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5258 
5259       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5260         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5261       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5262         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5263         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5264           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5265 
5266         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5267       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5268                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5269         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5270         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5271         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5272         // too few of them).
5273         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5274           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5275           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5276                                     D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5277                                         "template<> ");
5278         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5279       } else {
5280         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5281         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5282       }
5283     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5284       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5285       // wrote something like:
5286       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5287       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5288       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5289       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5290       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5291         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5292       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5293     }
5294 
5295     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5296     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5297     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5298     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5299     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5300     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5301         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5302          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5303             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5304             InstantiationDependent))) {
5305       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5306              "friend function specialization without template args");
5307       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5308                                                        Previous))
5309         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5310     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5311       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5312           && !isFriend) {
5313         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5314         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt ?
5315           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5316           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5317           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5318       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5319                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5320                                                      Previous))
5321         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5322 
5323       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5324       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5325       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5326       if (SC != SC_None) {
5327         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5328           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5329                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5330             << SC
5331             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5332                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5333 
5334         else
5335           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5336                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5337             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5338                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5339       }
5340 
5341     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5342       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5343           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5344     }
5345 
5346     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5347     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5348       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5349         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5350         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5351         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5352           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5353       } else {
5354         if (NewFD->isMain())
5355           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5356         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5357                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5358       }
5359     }
5360 
5361     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5362             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5363            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5364 
5365     if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5366         !CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(NewFD, CCK_Declaration))
5367       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5368 
5369     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5370                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5371                                 : NewFD);
5372 
5373     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5374       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5375       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5376         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5377 
5378       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5379       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5380 
5381       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5382     }
5383 
5384     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5385         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5386       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5387 
5388     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5389     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5390     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5391       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5392                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5393       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5394                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5395                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5396                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5397                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5398                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5399                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5400                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5401                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5402                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5403                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5404     }
5405 
5406     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5407       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5408     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5409       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5410                                        AddToScope };
5411       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5412       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5413         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5414 
5415       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5416       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5417         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5418         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5419 
5420         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5421         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5422         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5423         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5424         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5425         // can actually do this check immediately.
5426         if (isFriend &&
5427             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5428              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5429              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5430           // ignore these
5431         } else {
5432           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5433           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5434           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5435           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5436           //
5437           // class X {
5438           //   void f() const;
5439           // };
5440           //
5441           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5442           //
5443           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5444           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5445           // whether the parameter types are references).
5446 
5447           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5448                                                                NewFD,
5449                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5450             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5451             return Result;
5452           }
5453         }
5454 
5455         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5456         // to something.
5457       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5458         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5459                                                              NewFD,
5460                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5461           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5462           return Result;
5463         }
5464       }
5465 
5466     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5467                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5468                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5469       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5470       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5471       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5472       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5473       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
5474       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
5475       // generate them.
5476       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
5477         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5478     }
5479   }
5480 
5481 
5482   // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes
5483   // (for example to check for conflicts, etc).
5484   // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then,
5485   // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts.
5486   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5487                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5488 
5489   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
5490   // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging
5491   if (D.isRedeclaration() && Previous.isSingleResult()) {
5492     const FunctionDecl *Def;
5493     FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
5494     if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) {
5495       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
5496       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5497     }
5498   }
5499 
5500   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
5501 
5502   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
5503       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5504     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5505          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
5506       << NewFD;
5507 
5508     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
5509     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5510     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5511     EPI.Variadic = true;
5512     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
5513 
5514     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
5515     NewFD->setType(R);
5516   }
5517 
5518   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
5519   // member, set the visibility of this function.
5520   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
5521     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
5522 
5523   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
5524   // marking the function.
5525   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
5526 
5527   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
5528   // map of such names.
5529   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
5530       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5531     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
5532 
5533   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
5534   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
5535 
5536   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5537     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5538       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5539         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5540       return FunctionTemplate;
5541     }
5542   }
5543 
5544   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
5545 
5546   if (getLangOptions().CUDA)
5547     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
5548       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5549           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5550         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
5551           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
5552             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
5553 
5554           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
5555         }
5556       }
5557 
5558   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
5559   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
5560   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
5561   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5562     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
5563                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
5564                                 Context, CurContext,  SourceLocation(),
5565                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD));
5566     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
5567     AddToScope = false;
5568   }
5569 
5570   return NewFD;
5571 }
5572 
5573 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
5574 ///
5575 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
5576 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
5577 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
5578 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
5579 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
5580 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
5581 /// via InstantiateDecl).
5582 ///
5583 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
5584 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
5585 ///
5586 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
5587 ///
5588 /// Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
5589 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5590                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5591                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
5592   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
5593          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
5594 
5595   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
5596   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
5597     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
5598     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
5599     // declaration with the same name.
5600     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5601       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
5602     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
5603       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5604   }
5605 
5606   bool Redeclaration = false;
5607 
5608   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
5609   // the same name, if appropriate.
5610   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5611     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
5612     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
5613     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
5614     // function to the scope.
5615 
5616     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
5617     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
5618       Redeclaration = true;
5619       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
5620     } else {
5621       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
5622                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
5623       case Ovl_Match:
5624         Redeclaration = true;
5625         break;
5626 
5627       case Ovl_NonFunction:
5628         Redeclaration = true;
5629         break;
5630 
5631       case Ovl_Overload:
5632         Redeclaration = false;
5633         break;
5634       }
5635 
5636       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
5637         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
5638         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
5639         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
5640           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
5641         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
5642         if (Redeclaration)
5643           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
5644         else if (!Previous.empty())
5645           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5646         if (OverloadedDecl)
5647           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
5648                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
5649         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
5650                                                         Context));
5651       }
5652     }
5653 
5654     if (Redeclaration) {
5655       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
5656       // merged.
5657       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
5658         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5659         return Redeclaration;
5660       }
5661 
5662       Previous.clear();
5663       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
5664 
5665       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
5666                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5667         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
5668         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
5669           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
5670         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
5671         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
5672               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
5673           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5674           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5675         }
5676 
5677         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
5678         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
5679         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
5680             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
5681           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
5682           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
5683         }
5684 
5685       } else {
5686         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
5687           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
5688         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
5689       }
5690     }
5691   }
5692 
5693   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
5694   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5695     // C++-specific checks.
5696     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5697       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
5698     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
5699                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5700       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
5701       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5702 
5703       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
5704       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
5705       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
5706         DeclarationName Name
5707           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5708                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
5709         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
5710           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
5711           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5712           return Redeclaration;
5713         }
5714       }
5715     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
5716                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5717       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
5718     }
5719 
5720     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
5721     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5722       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
5723           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5724         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
5725           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
5726           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
5727             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
5728               << NewFD->getDeclName();
5729             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
5730                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
5731                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
5732                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
5733                  ++Overridden) {
5734               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
5735                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5736             }
5737           }
5738         }
5739       }
5740     }
5741 
5742     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
5743     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5744         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
5745       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5746       return Redeclaration;
5747     }
5748 
5749     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
5750     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
5751         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
5752       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5753       return Redeclaration;
5754     }
5755 
5756     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
5757     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
5758     // during delayed parsing anyway.
5759     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
5760       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
5761 
5762     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
5763     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
5764     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
5765       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
5766       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
5767       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
5768         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
5769         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
5770         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
5771       }
5772     }
5773   }
5774   return Redeclaration;
5775 }
5776 
5777 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
5778   // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline
5779   //   or static is ill-formed.
5780   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
5781   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
5782   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
5783   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
5784     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
5785          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
5786       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5787   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
5788     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
5789       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
5790 
5791   QualType T = FD->getType();
5792   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
5793   const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5794 
5795   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
5796     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
5797     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5798   }
5799 
5800   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
5801   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
5802 
5803   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
5804   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
5805   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
5806 
5807   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
5808 
5809   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
5810   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
5811   // getting shifty.
5812   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
5813     HasExtraParameters = false;
5814 
5815   if (HasExtraParameters) {
5816     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
5817     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5818     nparams = 3;
5819   }
5820 
5821   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
5822   // if we had some location information about types.
5823 
5824   QualType CharPP =
5825     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
5826   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
5827 
5828   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
5829     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
5830 
5831     bool mismatch = true;
5832 
5833     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
5834       mismatch = false;
5835     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
5836       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
5837       //   char const **
5838       //   char const * const *
5839       //   char * const *
5840 
5841       QualifierCollector qs;
5842       const PointerType* PT;
5843       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5844           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5845           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
5846         qs.removeConst();
5847         mismatch = !qs.empty();
5848       }
5849     }
5850 
5851     if (mismatch) {
5852       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
5853       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
5854       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5855     }
5856   }
5857 
5858   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5859     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
5860   }
5861 
5862   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5863     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
5864     FD->setInvalidDecl();
5865   }
5866 }
5867 
5868 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
5869   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
5870   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
5871   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
5872   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
5873   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
5874   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
5875   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
5876   // rules there don't matter.)
5877   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
5878     return false;
5879   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
5880     << Init->getSourceRange();
5881   return true;
5882 }
5883 
5884 namespace {
5885   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
5886   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
5887   class SelfReferenceChecker
5888       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
5889     Sema &S;
5890     Decl *OrigDecl;
5891     bool isRecordType;
5892     bool isPODType;
5893 
5894   public:
5895     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
5896 
5897     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
5898                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
5899       isPODType = false;
5900       isRecordType = false;
5901       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
5902         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
5903         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
5904       }
5905     }
5906 
5907     void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
5908       if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return;
5909       if (isRecordType) {
5910         Expr *expr = E;
5911         if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5912           ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl();
5913           if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return;
5914           expr = ME->getBase();
5915         }
5916         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) {
5917           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5918           return;
5919         }
5920       }
5921       Inherited::VisitExpr(E);
5922     }
5923 
5924     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
5925       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
5926       if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
5927         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE
5928               = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
5929           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5930           return;
5931         }
5932       Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
5933     }
5934 
5935     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
5936       if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) ||
5937           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) {
5938         Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5939         if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr))
5940           SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5941         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) {
5942           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5943           return;
5944         }
5945       }
5946       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
5947     }
5948 
5949     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
5950       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
5951       if (isRecordType && isPODType) return;
5952       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
5953     }
5954 
5955     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
5956       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
5957       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
5958       LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
5959                           Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5960       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
5961                             S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init)
5962                               << Result.getLookupName()
5963                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
5964                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
5965     }
5966   };
5967 }
5968 
5969 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
5970 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) {
5971   SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E);
5972 }
5973 
5974 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
5975 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
5976 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
5977 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
5978                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
5979   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
5980   // the initializer.
5981   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
5982     return;
5983 
5984   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
5985   if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
5986     // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled
5987     // by a dataflow analysis.
5988     if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal())
5989       CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
5990   }
5991   else {
5992     CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
5993   }
5994 
5995   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
5996     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
5997     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
5998     // Thus this grotesque test.
5999     IntegerLiteral *IL;
6000     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
6001         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
6002       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
6003     else {
6004       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
6005         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
6006       Method->setInvalidDecl();
6007     }
6008     return;
6009   }
6010 
6011   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6012   if (!VDecl) {
6013     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6014     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6015     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6016     return;
6017   }
6018 
6019   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6020   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) {
6021     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6022     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType) ==
6023             DAR_Failed)
6024       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, Init);
6025     if (!DeducedType) {
6026       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6027       return;
6028     }
6029     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6030     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6031 
6032     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6033     if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6034       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6035 
6036     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6037     // the previously declared type.
6038     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6039       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6040   }
6041 
6042   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6043     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6044     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6045     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6046     return;
6047   }
6048 
6049 
6050   // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6051   // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the
6052   // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6053   QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6054   if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6055     BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6056   if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6057                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6058     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6059     return;
6060   }
6061 
6062   // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6063   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6064                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6065                              AbstractVariableType))
6066     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6067 
6068   const VarDecl *Def;
6069   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6070     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6071       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6072     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6073     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6074     return;
6075   }
6076 
6077   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6078   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6079     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6080     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6081     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6082     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6083     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6084     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6085     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6086     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6087     //
6088     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6089     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6090     // declaration with an initializer.
6091     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6092       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6093         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6094       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6095       return;
6096     }
6097 
6098     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6099       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6100 
6101     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6102       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6103       return;
6104     }
6105   }
6106 
6107   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6108   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6109   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6110     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6111     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6112     return;
6113   }
6114 
6115   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6116   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6117   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6118 
6119   // Perform the initialization.
6120   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6121     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6122     InitializationKind Kind
6123       = DirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6124                                                       Init->getLocStart(),
6125                                                       Init->getLocEnd())
6126                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6127                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6128 
6129     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
6130     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6131                                               MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
6132                                               &DclT);
6133     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6134       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6135       return;
6136     }
6137 
6138     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6139   }
6140 
6141   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6142   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6143   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6144   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6145   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) {
6146     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6147     Init->setType(DclT.getNonReferenceType());
6148   }
6149 
6150   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6151   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6152 
6153   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6154     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6155 
6156   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6157   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6158   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6159 
6160   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6161     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6162     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6163     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6164     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6165         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6166       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6167   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6168              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6169     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6170     //
6171     // struct S {
6172     //   static const int value = 17;
6173     // };
6174 
6175     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6176     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6177     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6178     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6179     //
6180     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6181     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6182     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6183     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6184     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6185     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6186     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6187     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6188     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6189 
6190     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6191     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6192 
6193     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6194     // type. We separately check that the initializer is a constant expression,
6195     // which implicitly requires the member to be of literal type.
6196     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6197 
6198     // Require constness.
6199     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6200       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6201         << Init->getSourceRange();
6202       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6203 
6204     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6205     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6206       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6207       SourceLocation Loc;
6208       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6209         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6210         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6211         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6212       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6213         ; // Nothing to check.
6214       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6215         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6216       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6217         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6218         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6219         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6220           << Init->getSourceRange();
6221       } else {
6222         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6223         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6224         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6225           << Init->getSourceRange();
6226         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6227       }
6228 
6229     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6230     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6231       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6232         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6233       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x)
6234         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6235              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6236           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6237 
6238       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6239         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6240           << Init->getSourceRange();
6241         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6242       }
6243 
6244     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6245     } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6246       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6247         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6248         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6249       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6250 
6251     } else {
6252       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6253         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6254       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6255     }
6256   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6257     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6258         (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
6259          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6260       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6261 
6262     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6263     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6264       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6265   }
6266 
6267   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6268 }
6269 
6270 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6271 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6272 /// of sanity.
6273 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6274   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6275   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6276   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6277 
6278   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6279   if (!VD) return;
6280 
6281   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6282   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6283     D->setInvalidDecl();
6284     return;
6285   }
6286 
6287   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6288   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6289 
6290   // Require a complete type.
6291   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6292                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6293                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6294     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6295     return;
6296   }
6297 
6298   // Require an abstract type.
6299   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
6300                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6301                              AbstractVariableType)) {
6302     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6303     return;
6304   }
6305 
6306   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
6307   // though.
6308 }
6309 
6310 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
6311                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6312   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
6313   if (RealDecl == 0)
6314     return;
6315 
6316   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6317     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6318 
6319     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
6320     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
6321       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
6322         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
6323       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6324       return;
6325     }
6326 
6327     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
6328     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
6329     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
6330     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
6331     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
6332     // member.
6333     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6334       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
6335         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6336              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
6337           << Var->getDeclName();
6338       else
6339         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
6340       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6341       return;
6342     }
6343 
6344     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6345     case VarDecl::Definition:
6346       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
6347         break;
6348 
6349       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
6350       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
6351       // a declaration.
6352       //
6353       // Fall through
6354 
6355     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
6356       // It's only a declaration.
6357 
6358       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
6359       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
6360       // object shall be complete.
6361       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
6362           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6363           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6364                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
6365         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6366 
6367       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
6368       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6369           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6370                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6371                                  AbstractVariableType))
6372         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6373       return;
6374 
6375     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
6376       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
6377       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
6378       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
6379       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
6380       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
6381       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
6382         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
6383                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
6384           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6385                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
6386                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
6387             Var->setInvalidDecl();
6388         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6389           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
6390           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
6391           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
6392           // NOTE: code such as the following
6393           //     static struct s;
6394           //     struct s { int a; };
6395           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
6396           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
6397           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
6398           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
6399             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6400                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
6401         }
6402       }
6403 
6404       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
6405       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
6406         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
6407       return;
6408     }
6409 
6410     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6411     // definitions with incomplete array type.
6412     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
6413       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6414            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
6415       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6416       return;
6417     }
6418 
6419     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6420     // definitions with reference type.
6421     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
6422       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
6423         << Var->getDeclName()
6424         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
6425       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6426       return;
6427     }
6428 
6429     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
6430     // variable with dependent type.
6431     if (Type->isDependentType())
6432       return;
6433 
6434     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
6435       return;
6436 
6437     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6438                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
6439                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6440       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6441       return;
6442     }
6443 
6444     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6445     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6446                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6447                                AbstractVariableType)) {
6448       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6449       return;
6450     }
6451 
6452     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
6453     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
6454     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
6455     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
6456     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
6457     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
6458     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
6459     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
6460     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
6461     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
6462     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6463       if (const RecordType *Record
6464             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6465         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
6466         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
6467         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
6468         // incompatibilities with C++98.
6469         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
6470           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6471       }
6472     }
6473 
6474     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
6475     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
6476     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
6477     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
6478     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
6479     //   type shall have a user-declared default
6480     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
6481     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
6482     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
6483     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
6484     //   program is ill-formed.
6485     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
6486     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
6487     //   default-initialized; [...].
6488     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
6489     InitializationKind Kind
6490       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
6491 
6492     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
6493     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6494                                       MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
6495     if (Init.isInvalid())
6496       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6497     else if (Init.get())
6498       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
6499 
6500     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
6501   }
6502 }
6503 
6504 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
6505   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6506   if (!VD) {
6507     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
6508     D->setInvalidDecl();
6509     return;
6510   }
6511 
6512   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
6513 
6514   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
6515   int Error = -1;
6516   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
6517   case SC_None:
6518     break;
6519   case SC_Extern:
6520     Error = 0;
6521     break;
6522   case SC_Static:
6523     Error = 1;
6524     break;
6525   case SC_PrivateExtern:
6526     Error = 2;
6527     break;
6528   case SC_Auto:
6529     Error = 3;
6530     break;
6531   case SC_Register:
6532     Error = 4;
6533     break;
6534   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
6535     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
6536   }
6537   if (VD->isConstexpr())
6538     Error = 5;
6539   if (Error != -1) {
6540     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
6541       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
6542     D->setInvalidDecl();
6543   }
6544 }
6545 
6546 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
6547   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6548 
6549   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
6550   // local retaining variable.
6551   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6552       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6553     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
6554     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
6555     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
6556     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
6557       break;
6558 
6559     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
6560     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
6561       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6562       break;
6563     }
6564   }
6565 
6566   // All the following checks are C++ only.
6567   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return;
6568 
6569   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
6570   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
6571 
6572   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
6573   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6574     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
6575     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
6576 
6577     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
6578     // constructing this copy.
6579     QualType type = var->getType();
6580 
6581     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
6582       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
6583       Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi);
6584       ExprResult result =
6585         PerformCopyInitialization(
6586                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
6587                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
6588       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
6589         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
6590         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
6591         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
6592       }
6593     }
6594   }
6595 
6596   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
6597   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
6598 
6599   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) {
6600     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
6601         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
6602                                             var->getLocation())
6603           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
6604         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
6605       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
6606         << Init->getSourceRange();
6607 
6608     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
6609       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
6610       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
6611         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
6612         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
6613         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
6614         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
6615               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
6616           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
6617           Notes.clear();
6618         }
6619         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
6620           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
6621         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
6622           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
6623       }
6624     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions()) {
6625       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
6626       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
6627       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
6628       var->checkInitIsICE();
6629     }
6630   }
6631 
6632   // Require the destructor.
6633   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
6634     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
6635 }
6636 
6637 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
6638 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
6639 void
6640 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
6641   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
6642   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
6643 }
6644 
6645 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
6646 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
6647                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
6648   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
6649 
6650   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
6651     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
6652 
6653   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
6654     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
6655       Decls.push_back(D);
6656 
6657   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
6658                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
6659 }
6660 
6661 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
6662 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
6663 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
6664 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
6665                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6666   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
6667   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
6668   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
6669   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
6670   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
6671   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
6672   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
6673   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
6674     QualType Deduced;
6675     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
6676     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
6677     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
6678       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
6679         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
6680         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
6681         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
6682           break;
6683         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
6684           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
6685           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
6686           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
6687             Deduced = U;
6688             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
6689             DeducedDecl = D;
6690           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
6691             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
6692                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
6693               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
6694               << U << D->getDeclName()
6695               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
6696               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
6697             D->setInvalidDecl();
6698             break;
6699           }
6700         }
6701       }
6702     }
6703   }
6704 
6705   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
6706 }
6707 
6708 
6709 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
6710 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
6711 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
6712   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
6713 
6714   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
6715   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
6716   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
6717   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
6718   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
6719     StorageClass = SC_Register;
6720     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
6721   } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6722              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
6723     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
6724     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
6725   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
6726     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6727          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
6728     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
6729   }
6730 
6731   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
6732     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
6733   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
6734     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6735       << 0;
6736 
6737   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
6738 
6739   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
6740   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
6741 
6742   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6743     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
6744     // parameter.
6745     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
6746 
6747     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6748     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6749       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
6750         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6751       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
6752     }
6753   }
6754 
6755   // Ensure we have a valid name
6756   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
6757   if (D.hasName()) {
6758     II = D.getIdentifier();
6759     if (!II) {
6760       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
6761         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
6762       D.setInvalidType(true);
6763     }
6764   }
6765 
6766   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
6767   if (II) {
6768     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
6769                    ForRedeclaration);
6770     LookupName(R, S);
6771     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
6772       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6773       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
6774         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
6775         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
6776         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
6777         PrevDecl = 0;
6778       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
6779         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
6780         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6781 
6782         // Recover by removing the name
6783         II = 0;
6784         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
6785         D.setInvalidType(true);
6786       }
6787     }
6788   }
6789 
6790   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
6791   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
6792   // looking like class members in C++.
6793   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
6794                                     D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6795                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6796                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
6797                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
6798 
6799   if (D.isInvalidType())
6800     New->setInvalidDecl();
6801 
6802   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
6803   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
6804   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
6805                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
6806 
6807   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
6808   S->AddDecl(New);
6809   if (II)
6810     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
6811 
6812   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
6813 
6814   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
6815     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6816       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
6817       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6818       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6819 
6820   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6821     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6822   }
6823   return New;
6824 }
6825 
6826 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
6827 /// typedef.
6828 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
6829                                               SourceLocation Loc,
6830                                               QualType T) {
6831   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
6832      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
6833      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
6834   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
6835                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
6836                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
6837   Param->setImplicit();
6838   return Param;
6839 }
6840 
6841 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
6842                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
6843   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
6844   // will already have done so in the template itself.
6845   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
6846     return;
6847 
6848   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
6849     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
6850         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
6851       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
6852         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
6853     }
6854   }
6855 }
6856 
6857 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
6858                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
6859                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
6860                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
6861   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
6862     return;
6863 
6864   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
6865   // threshold.
6866   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
6867     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
6868     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
6869       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
6870           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
6871   }
6872 
6873   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
6874   // threshold.
6875   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
6876     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
6877     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
6878       continue;
6879     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
6880     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
6881       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
6882           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
6883   }
6884 }
6885 
6886 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
6887                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
6888                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6889                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
6890                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
6891   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
6892   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6893       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
6894       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
6895 
6896     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
6897 
6898     // Special cases for arrays:
6899     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
6900     //   - otherwise, it's an error
6901     if (T->isArrayType()) {
6902       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
6903         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
6904             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
6905             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
6906       }
6907       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
6908     } else {
6909       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6910     }
6911     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
6912   }
6913 
6914   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
6915                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
6916                                          TSInfo,
6917                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
6918                                          0);
6919 
6920   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
6921   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6922   // the class has been completely parsed.
6923   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
6924       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6925                              AbstractParamType))
6926     New->setInvalidDecl();
6927 
6928   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
6929   // passed by reference.
6930   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6931     Diag(NameLoc,
6932          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
6933       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*");
6934     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6935     New->setType(T);
6936   }
6937 
6938   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
6939   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
6940   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
6941   // an address space.
6942   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6943     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
6944     New->setInvalidDecl();
6945   }
6946 
6947   return New;
6948 }
6949 
6950 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
6951                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
6952   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6953 
6954   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
6955   // for a K&R function.
6956   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
6957     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
6958       --i;
6959       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
6960         llvm::SmallString<256> Code;
6961         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
6962                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
6963                                         << ";\n";
6964         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
6965           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
6966           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
6967 
6968         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
6969         // type.
6970         AttributeFactory attrs;
6971         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
6972         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
6973         unsigned DiagID; // unused
6974         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
6975                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
6976         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
6977         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
6978         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
6979       }
6980     }
6981   }
6982 }
6983 
6984 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
6985                                          Declarator &D) {
6986   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
6987   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
6988   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
6989 
6990   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
6991   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
6992                               MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
6993   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
6994 }
6995 
6996 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6997   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
6998   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
6999     return false;
7000 
7001   // Or declarations that aren't global.
7002   if (!FD->isGlobal())
7003     return false;
7004 
7005   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
7006   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
7007     return false;
7008 
7009   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7010   if (FD->isMain())
7011     return false;
7012 
7013   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7014   if (FD->isInlined())
7015     return false;
7016 
7017   // Don't warn about function templates.
7018   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7019     return false;
7020 
7021   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7022   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7023     return false;
7024 
7025   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7026   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7027        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7028     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7029     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7030     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7031       continue;
7032 
7033     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7034     break;
7035   }
7036 
7037   return MissingPrototype;
7038 }
7039 
7040 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7041   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7042   // was an extern inline function.
7043   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7044   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7045       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) {
7046     if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7047         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7048       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7049         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
7050     else
7051       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7052     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7053   }
7054 }
7055 
7056 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7057   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7058   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7059 
7060   if (!D)
7061     return D;
7062   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7063 
7064   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7065     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7066   else
7067     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7068 
7069   // Enter a new function scope
7070   PushFunctionScope();
7071 
7072   // See if this is a redefinition.
7073   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7074     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7075 
7076   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7077   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7078     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7079       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7080       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7081     }
7082   }
7083 
7084   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7085   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7086   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7087   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7088       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7089       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7090                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7091     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7092 
7093   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7094   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7095   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7096   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7097   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7098   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
7099     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7100 
7101   if (FnBodyScope)
7102     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7103 
7104   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7105   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7106                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7107 
7108   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7109   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7110     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7111     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7112 
7113     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7114     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7115       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7116 
7117       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7118     }
7119   }
7120 
7121   // Checking attributes of current function definition
7122   // dllimport attribute.
7123   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7124   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
7125     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
7126     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
7127     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
7128         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
7129       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7130            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
7131         << "dllimport";
7132       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7133       return FD;
7134     }
7135 
7136     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
7137     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
7138     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
7139       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
7140       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
7141       // emitted.
7142       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7143            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
7144         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
7145     }
7146   }
7147   return FD;
7148 }
7149 
7150 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
7151 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
7152 /// optimization.
7153 ///
7154 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
7155 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
7156 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
7157 /// use the named return value optimization.
7158 ///
7159 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
7160 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
7161 /// the NRVO variable.
7162 ///
7163 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
7164 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
7165 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
7166 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
7167   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
7168 
7169   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
7170   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7171     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7172       return;
7173 
7174     if (!NRVOCandidate)
7175       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
7176     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7177       return;
7178   }
7179 
7180   if (NRVOCandidate)
7181     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
7182 }
7183 
7184 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
7185   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
7186 }
7187 
7188 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
7189                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
7190   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7191   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
7192   if (FunTmpl)
7193     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7194   else
7195     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
7196 
7197   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7198   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
7199 
7200   if (FD) {
7201     FD->setBody(Body);
7202     if (FD->isMain()) {
7203       // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0.
7204       // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7205       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7206       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7207     } else if (FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
7208       // If the function is marked 'naked', don't complain about missing return
7209       // statements.
7210       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7211     }
7212 
7213     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
7214     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
7215     if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
7216       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
7217 
7218     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7219       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
7220       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7221                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
7222 
7223       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
7224       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
7225         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
7226 
7227       computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7228     }
7229 
7230     assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused");
7231   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
7232     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
7233     MD->setBody(Body);
7234     if (Body)
7235       MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd());
7236     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7237       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
7238       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
7239                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
7240 
7241       if (Body)
7242         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7243     }
7244     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
7245       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc);
7246       ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
7247     }
7248     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
7249       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
7250       ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
7251     }
7252   } else {
7253     return 0;
7254   }
7255 
7256   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for "
7257          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
7258   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for "
7259          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
7260 
7261   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
7262   if (Body) {
7263     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
7264     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
7265     // Verify this.
7266     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
7267       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
7268 
7269     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
7270     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
7271         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7272         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
7273       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
7274 
7275     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
7276       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
7277         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
7278 
7279       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
7280                                              Destructor->getParent());
7281     }
7282 
7283     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7284     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7285     // deletion in some later function.
7286     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
7287         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
7288       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7289     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
7290       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
7291       // enabled.
7292       ActivePolicy = &WP;
7293     }
7294 
7295     if (FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7296         !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))
7297       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7298 
7299     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
7300     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
7301   }
7302 
7303   if (!IsInstantiation)
7304     PopDeclContext();
7305 
7306   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
7307 
7308   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7309   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7310   // deletion in some later function.
7311   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
7312     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7313   }
7314 
7315   return dcl;
7316 }
7317 
7318 
7319 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
7320 /// relevant Decl.
7321 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
7322                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
7323   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
7324   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
7325     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
7326   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
7327 }
7328 
7329 
7330 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
7331 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
7332 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
7333                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
7334   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
7335   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
7336   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
7337   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
7338   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
7339     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
7340   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
7341     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
7342     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7343     return Pos->second;
7344   }
7345 
7346   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
7347   unsigned diag_id;
7348   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7349     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
7350   else if (getLangOptions().C99)
7351     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
7352   else
7353     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
7354   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
7355 
7356   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
7357   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
7358   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
7359     TypoCorrection Corrected;
7360     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
7361     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
7362                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, &Validator))) {
7363       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions());
7364       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions());
7365       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
7366 
7367       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
7368           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
7369 
7370       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
7371           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7372         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
7373             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
7374     }
7375   }
7376 
7377   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
7378   const char *Dummy;
7379   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
7380   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
7381   unsigned DiagID;
7382   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
7383   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
7384   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
7385   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
7386   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
7387                                              0, 0, true, SourceLocation(),
7388                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
7389                                              SourceLocation(),
7390                                              EST_None, SourceLocation(),
7391                                              0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D),
7392                 DS.getAttributes(),
7393                 SourceLocation());
7394   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
7395 
7396   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
7397 
7398   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
7399   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
7400 
7401   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
7402   FD->setImplicit();
7403 
7404   CurContext = PrevDC;
7405 
7406   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
7407 
7408   return FD;
7409 }
7410 
7411 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
7412 /// the declaration of this function.
7413 ///
7414 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
7415 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
7416 /// like NSLog or printf.
7417 ///
7418 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
7419 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
7420 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7421   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7422     return;
7423 
7424   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
7425   // actual attributes.
7426   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7427     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
7428     unsigned FormatIdx;
7429     bool HasVAListArg;
7430     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
7431       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
7432         const char *fmt = "printf";
7433         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
7434         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
7435             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7436           fmt = "NSString";
7437         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7438                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
7439                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7440       }
7441     }
7442     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
7443                                              HasVAListArg)) {
7444      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7445        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7446                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
7447                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7448     }
7449 
7450     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
7451     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
7452     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
7453     if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno &&
7454         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
7455       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
7456         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7457     }
7458 
7459     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
7460         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
7461       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7462     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
7463       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7464     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
7465       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7466   }
7467 
7468   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
7469   if (!Name)
7470     return;
7471   if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7472        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
7473       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
7474        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
7475        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
7476     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
7477     // about.
7478   } else
7479     return;
7480 
7481   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
7482     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
7483     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
7484     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7485       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7486                                              "printf", 2,
7487                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
7488   }
7489 }
7490 
7491 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
7492                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
7493   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
7494   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
7495 
7496   if (!TInfo) {
7497     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
7498     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
7499   }
7500 
7501   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
7502   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
7503                                            D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
7504                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7505                                            D.getIdentifier(),
7506                                            TInfo);
7507 
7508   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
7509   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
7510     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
7511     return NewTD;
7512   }
7513 
7514   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7515     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
7516       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7517         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
7518         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7519         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7520     else
7521       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
7522   }
7523 
7524   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
7525   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
7526   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
7527   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
7528   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
7529   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
7530   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
7531   case TST_enum:
7532   case TST_struct:
7533   case TST_union:
7534   case TST_class: {
7535     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
7536 
7537     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
7538     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
7539     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
7540     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
7541 
7542     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
7543     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
7544 
7545     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
7546     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
7547       break;
7548 
7549     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
7550     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
7551     break;
7552   }
7553 
7554   default:
7555     break;
7556   }
7557 
7558   return NewTD;
7559 }
7560 
7561 
7562 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
7563 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
7564 ///
7565 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
7566 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
7567                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
7568                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
7569                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
7570   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
7571   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
7572   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
7573   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
7574   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
7575   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
7576   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
7577   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
7578   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
7579   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
7580   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
7581   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
7582   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
7583   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
7584   if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct))
7585     if (OldTag == NewTag)
7586       return true;
7587 
7588   if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
7589       (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
7590     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
7591     bool isTemplate = false;
7592     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
7593       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
7594 
7595     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7596       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
7597       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
7598       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
7599         << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
7600       return true;
7601     }
7602 
7603     if (isDefinition) {
7604       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
7605       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
7606       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
7607         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
7608         return true;
7609       }
7610 
7611       bool previousMismatch = false;
7612       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
7613            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
7614         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
7615           if (!previousMismatch) {
7616             previousMismatch = true;
7617             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
7618               << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
7619           }
7620           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
7621             << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
7622             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
7623                                             NewTag == TTK_Class?
7624                                             "class" : "struct");
7625         }
7626       }
7627       return true;
7628     }
7629 
7630     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
7631     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
7632     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
7633     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
7634                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
7635     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
7636       return true;
7637     }
7638 
7639     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
7640       << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
7641       << isTemplate << &Name;
7642     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7643 
7644     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
7645     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
7646         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
7647           << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class)
7648           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
7649                         Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
7650     }
7651 
7652     return true;
7653   }
7654   return false;
7655 }
7656 
7657 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
7658 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
7659 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
7660 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
7661 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
7662                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7663                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
7664                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
7665                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
7666                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
7667                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
7668                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
7669                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
7670                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
7671   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
7672   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
7673          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
7674   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
7675 
7676   OwnedDecl = false;
7677   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
7678   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
7679 
7680   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
7681   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7682   bool Invalid = false;
7683 
7684   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
7685   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
7686   // for non-C++ cases.
7687   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
7688       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
7689     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
7690           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
7691                                                 TemplateParameterLists.get(),
7692                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
7693                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
7694                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
7695                                                     Invalid)) {
7696       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7697         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
7698         // be a member of another template).
7699 
7700         if (Invalid)
7701           return 0;
7702 
7703         OwnedDecl = false;
7704         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
7705                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
7706                                                TemplateParams, AS,
7707                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
7708                                            TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
7709                  (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
7710         return Result.get();
7711       } else {
7712         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
7713         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
7714           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
7715         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
7716       }
7717     }
7718   }
7719 
7720   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
7721   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
7722   // redeclaration.
7723   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
7724 
7725   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
7726     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
7727       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
7728       // type, default to int.
7729       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7730     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
7731       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
7732       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
7733       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
7734       QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
7735       EnumUnderlying = TI;
7736 
7737       SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
7738 
7739       if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) {
7740         Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying)
7741           << T;
7742         // Recover by falling back to int.
7743         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7744       }
7745 
7746       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI,
7747                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
7748         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7749 
7750     } else if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
7751       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
7752       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7753   }
7754 
7755   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
7756   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
7757   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
7758 
7759   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
7760   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
7761     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
7762 
7763   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
7764 
7765   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
7766     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
7767 
7768     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
7769     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
7770       Name = 0;
7771       goto CreateNewDecl;
7772     }
7773 
7774     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
7775     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
7776     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
7777       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
7778       if (!DC) {
7779         IsDependent = true;
7780         return 0;
7781       }
7782     } else {
7783       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
7784       if (!DC) {
7785         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
7786           << SS.getRange();
7787         return 0;
7788       }
7789     }
7790 
7791     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
7792       return 0;
7793 
7794     SearchDC = DC;
7795     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
7796     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
7797 
7798     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
7799       return 0;
7800 
7801     if (Previous.empty()) {
7802       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
7803       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
7804       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
7805       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
7806       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
7807       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
7808       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
7809           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
7810         IsDependent = true;
7811         return 0;
7812       }
7813 
7814       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
7815       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
7816         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
7817       Name = 0;
7818       Invalid = true;
7819       goto CreateNewDecl;
7820     }
7821   } else if (Name) {
7822     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
7823     // declaration or definition.
7824     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
7825     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
7826     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
7827     LookupName(Previous, S);
7828 
7829     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
7830         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
7831       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
7832       while (F.hasNext()) {
7833         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
7834         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
7835           F.erase();
7836       }
7837       F.done();
7838     }
7839 
7840     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
7841     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
7842       return 0;
7843 
7844     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
7845       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
7846       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
7847       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
7848       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
7849       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
7850         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
7851     }
7852   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
7853     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
7854     // initial context to the translation unit.
7855     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
7856   }
7857 
7858   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7859       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
7860     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7861     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
7862     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7863     Previous.clear();
7864   }
7865 
7866   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
7867       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
7868     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
7869     isStdBadAlloc = true;
7870 
7871     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
7872       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
7873       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
7874       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
7875       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
7876     }
7877   }
7878 
7879   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
7880   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
7881   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
7882   // there's a shadow friend decl.
7883   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
7884       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
7885     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
7886     assert(SS.isEmpty());
7887 
7888     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
7889       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
7890       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
7891       //
7892       //          class-key identifier
7893       //
7894       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
7895       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
7896       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
7897       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
7898       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
7899       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
7900       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
7901       //      declaration.
7902       //
7903       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
7904       // C structs and unions.
7905       //
7906       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
7907       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
7908       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
7909       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
7910       //
7911       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
7912       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
7913       //
7914       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
7915       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
7916       // lexical context,
7917       while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext() ||
7918              SearchDC->isObjCContainer())
7919         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
7920 
7921       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
7922       while (S->isClassScope() ||
7923              (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7924               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
7925              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
7926              (S->getEntity() &&
7927               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
7928         S = S->getParent();
7929     } else {
7930       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
7931       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
7932       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
7933       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
7934       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
7935       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
7936     }
7937 
7938     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
7939     // diagnose some problems.
7940     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7941       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
7942       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
7943     }
7944   }
7945 
7946   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7947     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
7948 
7949     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
7950     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
7951     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
7952     // in C++.
7953     //
7954     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
7955     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
7956     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
7957     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
7958     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7959       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
7960         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
7961           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
7962           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
7963               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
7964                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
7965             PrevDecl = Tag;
7966             Previous.clear();
7967             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
7968             Previous.resolveKind();
7969           }
7970         }
7971       }
7972     }
7973 
7974     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
7975       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
7976       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
7977       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
7978       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
7979           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
7980         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
7981         // struct or something similar.
7982         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
7983                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
7984                                           *Name)) {
7985           bool SafeToContinue
7986             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
7987                Kind != TTK_Enum);
7988           if (SafeToContinue)
7989             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
7990               << Name
7991               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
7992                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
7993           else
7994             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
7995           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7996 
7997           if (SafeToContinue)
7998             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
7999           else {
8000             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
8001             Name = 0;
8002             Previous.clear();
8003             Invalid = true;
8004           }
8005         }
8006 
8007         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
8008           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
8009 
8010           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
8011           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
8012           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8013             if (ScopedEnum)
8014               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
8015                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
8016                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
8017             return PrevTagDecl;
8018           }
8019 
8020           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
8021           // returning the previous declaration.
8022           if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) {
8023             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
8024               << PrevEnum->isScoped();
8025             Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8026             return PrevTagDecl;
8027           }
8028           else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
8029             QualType T;
8030             if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8031                 T = TI->getType();
8032             else
8033                 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0);
8034 
8035             if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T,
8036                                                 PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) {
8037               Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
8038                    diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
8039                 << T
8040                 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType();
8041               Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8042               return PrevTagDecl;
8043             }
8044           }
8045           else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
8046             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
8047               << PrevEnum->isFixed();
8048             Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8049             return PrevTagDecl;
8050           }
8051         }
8052 
8053         if (!Invalid) {
8054           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
8055 
8056           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
8057           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
8058           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
8059           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
8060           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
8061                getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
8062             return PrevTagDecl;
8063 
8064           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
8065           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
8066             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
8067               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
8068               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
8069               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
8070               if (!isExplicitSpecialization ||
8071                   !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) ||
8072                   cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
8073                                                == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
8074                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
8075                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8076                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
8077                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
8078                 // references get the previous definition.
8079                 Name = 0;
8080                 Previous.clear();
8081                 Invalid = true;
8082               }
8083             } else {
8084               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
8085               // about a nested redefinition.
8086               const TagType *Tag
8087                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
8088               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8089                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
8090                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
8091                      diag::note_previous_definition);
8092                 Name = 0;
8093                 Previous.clear();
8094                 Invalid = true;
8095               }
8096             }
8097 
8098             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
8099             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
8100           }
8101         }
8102         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
8103         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
8104 
8105       } else {
8106         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
8107         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
8108         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
8109         // have distinct types.
8110         Previous.clear();
8111       }
8112       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
8113       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
8114       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
8115 
8116 
8117     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
8118     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
8119     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
8120     } else {
8121       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
8122       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
8123       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
8124       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
8125           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
8126         unsigned Kind = 0;
8127         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8128         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8129         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8130         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
8131         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
8132         Invalid = true;
8133 
8134       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
8135       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
8136                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8137         // do nothing
8138 
8139       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
8140       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8141         unsigned Kind = 0;
8142         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8143         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8144         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8145         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
8146         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8147         Invalid = true;
8148 
8149       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
8150       // case here.
8151       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8152         unsigned Kind = 0;
8153         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8154         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
8155           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
8156         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8157         Invalid = true;
8158 
8159       // Otherwise, diagnose.
8160       } else {
8161         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
8162         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
8163         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
8164         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8165         Name = 0;
8166         Invalid = true;
8167       }
8168 
8169       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
8170       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
8171       Previous.clear();
8172     }
8173   }
8174 
8175 CreateNewDecl:
8176 
8177   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8178   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
8179     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
8180 
8181   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
8182   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
8183   // keyword.
8184   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
8185 
8186   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
8187   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
8188   // PrevDecl.
8189   TagDecl *New;
8190 
8191   bool IsForwardReference = false;
8192   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8193     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8194     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
8195     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8196                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
8197                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
8198     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
8199     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
8200       TagDecl *Def;
8201       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
8202         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
8203         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
8204       }
8205       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
8206         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
8207           << New;
8208         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8209       } else {
8210         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
8211         if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
8212           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
8213         else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
8214           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
8215         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
8216 
8217         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
8218         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
8219         // the declaration context.
8220         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
8221           IsForwardReference = true;
8222       }
8223     }
8224 
8225     if (EnumUnderlying) {
8226       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
8227       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8228         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
8229       else
8230         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
8231       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
8232     }
8233 
8234   } else {
8235     // struct/union/class
8236 
8237     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8238     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
8239     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8240       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
8241       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8242                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8243 
8244       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
8245         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
8246     } else
8247       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8248                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8249   }
8250 
8251   // Maybe add qualifier info.
8252   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8253     if (SS.isSet()) {
8254       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
8255       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
8256         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8257                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8258                     (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
8259       }
8260     }
8261     else
8262       Invalid = true;
8263   }
8264 
8265   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
8266     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
8267     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
8268     //
8269     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
8270     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
8271     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
8272     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
8273     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
8274     // parsing of the struct).
8275     AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
8276 
8277     AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
8278   }
8279 
8280   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
8281     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
8282       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8283         << 2
8284         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8285     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
8286     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
8287     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
8288     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8289       New->setModulePrivate();
8290   }
8291 
8292   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
8293   // check the specialization.
8294   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
8295     Invalid = true;
8296 
8297   if (Invalid)
8298     New->setInvalidDecl();
8299 
8300   if (Attr)
8301     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
8302 
8303   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
8304   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
8305   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
8306     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
8307 
8308   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
8309   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
8310   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8311 
8312   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
8313   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
8314   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
8315   // the tag name visible.
8316   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
8317     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
8318                                getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt);
8319 
8320   // Set the access specifier.
8321   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
8322     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
8323 
8324   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
8325     New->startDefinition();
8326 
8327   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8328   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8329     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
8330     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
8331     if (PrevDecl)
8332       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
8333 
8334     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
8335     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
8336     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
8337       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
8338         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
8339   } else if (Name) {
8340     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
8341     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
8342     if (IsForwardReference)
8343       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
8344 
8345   } else {
8346     CurContext->addDecl(New);
8347   }
8348 
8349   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
8350   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
8351     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
8352         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
8353         II->isStr("FILE"))
8354       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
8355 
8356   OwnedDecl = true;
8357   return New;
8358 }
8359 
8360 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8361   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8362   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8363 
8364   // Enter the tag context.
8365   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
8366 }
8367 
8368 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
8369   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
8370          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
8371   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
8372   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
8373       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
8374   CurContext = OCD;
8375   return IDecl;
8376 }
8377 
8378 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
8379                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
8380                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
8381   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8382   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
8383 
8384   FieldCollector->StartClass();
8385 
8386   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
8387     return;
8388 
8389   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
8390     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
8391 
8392   // C++ [class]p2:
8393   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
8394   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
8395   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
8396   //   as if it were a public member name.
8397   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
8398     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
8399                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
8400                             Record->getIdentifier(),
8401                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
8402                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
8403   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
8404   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
8405   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
8406   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
8407       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
8408   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
8409   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
8410          "Broken injected-class-name");
8411 }
8412 
8413 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
8414                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
8415   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8416   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8417   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
8418 
8419   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
8420     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
8421 
8422   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
8423   PopDeclContext();
8424 
8425   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
8426   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
8427 }
8428 
8429 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
8430   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
8431   PopDeclContext();
8432 }
8433 
8434 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8435   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
8436   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
8437   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
8438 }
8439 
8440 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8441   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
8442   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
8443 }
8444 
8445 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8446   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8447   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8448   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
8449 
8450   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
8451   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
8452   // the FieldCollector.
8453 
8454   PopDeclContext();
8455 }
8456 
8457 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
8458 bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8459                           QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth,
8460                           bool *ZeroWidth) {
8461   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
8462   if (ZeroWidth)
8463     *ZeroWidth = true;
8464 
8465   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
8466   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
8467   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8468     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
8469     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
8470       return true;
8471     if (FieldName)
8472       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
8473         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
8474     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
8475       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
8476   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
8477                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
8478     return true;
8479 
8480   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
8481   // it now.
8482   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
8483     return false;
8484 
8485   llvm::APSInt Value;
8486   if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value))
8487     return true;
8488 
8489   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
8490     *ZeroWidth = false;
8491 
8492   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
8493   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
8494     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
8495 
8496   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
8497     if (FieldName)
8498       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
8499                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
8500     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
8501       << Value.toString(10);
8502   }
8503 
8504   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
8505     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
8506     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
8507       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8508         if (FieldName)
8509           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8510             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
8511             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8512 
8513         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8514           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8515       }
8516 
8517       if (FieldName)
8518         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8519           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
8520           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8521       else
8522         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8523           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8524     }
8525   }
8526 
8527   return false;
8528 }
8529 
8530 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
8531 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
8532 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
8533                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
8534   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
8535                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
8536                                /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public);
8537   return Res;
8538 }
8539 
8540 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
8541 ///
8542 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
8543                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
8544                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
8545                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
8546   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
8547   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
8548   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
8549 
8550   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8551   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
8552   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8553     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
8554 
8555     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
8556                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
8557       D.setInvalidType();
8558       T = Context.IntTy;
8559       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
8560     }
8561   }
8562 
8563   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
8564 
8565   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
8566     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
8567   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
8568     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
8569       << 2;
8570 
8571   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
8572   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8573   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
8574   LookupName(Previous, S);
8575   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
8576     case LookupResult::Found:
8577     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
8578       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
8579       break;
8580 
8581     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
8582       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8583       break;
8584 
8585     case LookupResult::NotFound:
8586     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
8587     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
8588       break;
8589   }
8590   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
8591 
8592   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
8593     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8594     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
8595     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8596     PrevDecl = 0;
8597   }
8598 
8599   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
8600     PrevDecl = 0;
8601 
8602   bool Mutable
8603     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
8604   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin();
8605   FieldDecl *NewFD
8606     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit,
8607                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
8608 
8609   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8610     Record->setInvalidDecl();
8611 
8612   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
8613     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8614 
8615   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
8616     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
8617     // with the same name in the same scope.
8618   } else if (II) {
8619     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
8620   } else
8621     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
8622 
8623   return NewFD;
8624 }
8625 
8626 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
8627 ///
8628 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
8629 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
8630 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
8631 /// created.
8632 ///
8633 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
8634 ///
8635 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
8636 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
8637                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8638                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
8639                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
8640                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
8641                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
8642                                 Declarator *D) {
8643   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
8644   bool InvalidDecl = false;
8645   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
8646 
8647   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
8648   // marking this declaration as invalid.
8649   if (T.isNull()) {
8650     InvalidDecl = true;
8651     T = Context.IntTy;
8652   }
8653 
8654   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
8655   if (!EltTy->isDependentType() &&
8656       RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
8657     // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
8658     Record->setInvalidDecl();
8659     InvalidDecl = true;
8660   }
8661 
8662   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
8663   // than a variably modified type.
8664   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8665     bool SizeIsNegative;
8666     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
8667     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
8668                                                            SizeIsNegative,
8669                                                            Oversized);
8670     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
8671       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
8672       T = FixedTy;
8673     } else {
8674       if (SizeIsNegative)
8675         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
8676       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
8677         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
8678           << Oversized.toString(10);
8679       else
8680         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
8681       InvalidDecl = true;
8682     }
8683   }
8684 
8685   // Fields can not have abstract class types
8686   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
8687                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8688                                              AbstractFieldType))
8689     InvalidDecl = true;
8690 
8691   bool ZeroWidth = false;
8692   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
8693   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth &&
8694       VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) {
8695     InvalidDecl = true;
8696     BitWidth = 0;
8697     ZeroWidth = false;
8698   }
8699 
8700   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
8701   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
8702     unsigned DiagID = 0;
8703     if (T->isReferenceType())
8704       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
8705     else if (T.isConstQualified())
8706       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
8707 
8708     if (DiagID) {
8709       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
8710       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
8711         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
8712       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
8713       Mutable = false;
8714       InvalidDecl = true;
8715     }
8716   }
8717 
8718   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
8719                                        BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit);
8720   if (InvalidDecl)
8721     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8722 
8723   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8724     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
8725     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8726     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8727   }
8728 
8729   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8730     if (Record->isUnion()) {
8731       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8732         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
8733         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
8734           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
8735           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
8736           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
8737           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
8738           // objects.
8739           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
8740             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8741         }
8742       }
8743 
8744       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
8745       // the program is ill-formed.
8746       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
8747         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
8748           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
8749         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8750       }
8751     }
8752   }
8753 
8754   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
8755   // representation, not a parser representation.
8756   if (D)
8757     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
8758     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
8759 
8760   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
8761   // retainable type.
8762   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
8763     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8764 
8765   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
8766     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
8767 
8768   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
8769   return NewFD;
8770 }
8771 
8772 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
8773   assert(FD);
8774   assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
8775 
8776   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8777     return true;
8778 
8779   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
8780   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8781     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
8782     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
8783       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
8784       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
8785       // copy constructors.
8786 
8787       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
8788       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
8789         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
8790       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
8791         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
8792       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
8793         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
8794       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
8795         member = CXXDestructor;
8796 
8797       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
8798         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
8799             getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
8800           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
8801           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
8802           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
8803           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
8804           // members unavailable.
8805           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
8806           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
8807             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
8808               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
8809                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
8810             return false;
8811           }
8812         }
8813 
8814         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ?
8815                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
8816                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
8817           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
8818         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
8819         return !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x;
8820       }
8821     }
8822   }
8823 
8824   return false;
8825 }
8826 
8827 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
8828 /// special member, figure out why.
8829 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
8830   QualType QT(T, 0U);
8831   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
8832 
8833   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
8834   switch (member) {
8835   case CXXInvalid:
8836     break;
8837 
8838   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
8839     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
8840       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
8841       for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){
8842         const FunctionDecl *body = 0;
8843         ci->hasBody(body);
8844         if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) {
8845           SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation();
8846           Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8847           return;
8848         }
8849       }
8850 
8851       llvm_unreachable("found no user-declared constructors");
8852     }
8853     break;
8854 
8855   case CXXCopyConstructor:
8856     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
8857       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
8858         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
8859       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8860       return;
8861     }
8862     break;
8863 
8864   case CXXMoveConstructor:
8865     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
8866       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
8867       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8868       return;
8869     }
8870     break;
8871 
8872   case CXXCopyAssignment:
8873     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
8874       // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
8875       // assignment, not the type.
8876       SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8877       Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8878       return;
8879     }
8880     break;
8881 
8882   case CXXMoveAssignment:
8883     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
8884       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
8885       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8886       return;
8887     }
8888     break;
8889 
8890   case CXXDestructor:
8891     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
8892       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
8893       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8894       return;
8895     }
8896     break;
8897   }
8898 
8899   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
8900 
8901   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
8902   // but not trivial destruction.
8903   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
8904     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
8905     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
8906     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
8907       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
8908         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8909         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
8910         return;
8911       }
8912 
8913     // Check for virtual methods.
8914     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
8915     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
8916          ++mi) {
8917       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
8918         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8919         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
8920         return;
8921       }
8922     }
8923   }
8924 
8925   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
8926   switch (member) {
8927   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
8928     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
8929   case CXXCopyConstructor:
8930     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
8931   case CXXCopyAssignment:
8932     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
8933   case CXXDestructor:
8934     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
8935   default:
8936     llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member");
8937   }
8938 
8939   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
8940   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
8941     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8942     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
8943     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
8944     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
8945       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8946       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
8947       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
8948       return;
8949     }
8950   }
8951 
8952   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
8953   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
8954   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
8955        ++fi) {
8956     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType());
8957     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8958       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
8959 
8960       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
8961         SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation();
8962         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
8963         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
8964         return;
8965       }
8966     }
8967 
8968     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
8969       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
8970       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8971       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8972         break;
8973 
8974       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8975       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8976       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8977         Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
8978           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
8979         return;
8980       }
8981     }
8982   }
8983 
8984   llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member");
8985 }
8986 
8987 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
8988 ///  AST enum value.
8989 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
8990 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
8991   switch (ivarVisibility) {
8992   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
8993   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
8994   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
8995   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
8996   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
8997   }
8998 }
8999 
9000 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
9001 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
9002 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
9003                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
9004                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
9005                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
9006 
9007   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9008   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9009   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9010   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9011 
9012   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9013   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9014 
9015   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9016   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9017 
9018   if (BitWidth) {
9019     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9020     if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) {
9021       D.setInvalidType();
9022       BitWidth = 0;
9023     }
9024   } else {
9025     // Not a bitfield.
9026 
9027     // validate II.
9028 
9029   }
9030   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
9031     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
9032     D.setInvalidType();
9033   }
9034   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9035   // than a variably modified type.
9036   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9037     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
9038     D.setInvalidType();
9039   }
9040 
9041   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
9042   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
9043     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
9044                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
9045   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
9046   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9047   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
9048   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9049       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9050     if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) {
9051     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
9052       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
9053       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
9054     }
9055     else
9056       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9057   } else {
9058     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9059         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9060       if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
9061         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
9062         return 0;
9063       }
9064     }
9065     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9066   }
9067 
9068   // Construct the decl.
9069   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
9070                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
9071                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
9072 
9073   if (II) {
9074     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
9075                                            ForRedeclaration);
9076     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
9077         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9078       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9079       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9080       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9081     }
9082   }
9083 
9084   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
9085   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
9086 
9087   if (D.isInvalidType())
9088     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9089 
9090   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
9091   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
9092     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9093 
9094   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9095     NewID->setModulePrivate();
9096 
9097   if (II) {
9098     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
9099     // these to the interface.
9100     S->AddDecl(NewID);
9101     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
9102   }
9103 
9104   return NewID;
9105 }
9106 
9107 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
9108 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
9109 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
9110 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
9111 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
9112                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
9113   if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty())
9114     return;
9115 
9116   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
9117   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
9118 
9119   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
9120     return;
9121   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
9122   if (!ID) {
9123     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
9124       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
9125         return;
9126     }
9127     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
9128     else
9129       return;
9130   }
9131   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
9132   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
9133   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
9134 
9135   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
9136                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
9137                               Context.CharTy,
9138                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
9139                                                                DeclLoc),
9140                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
9141                               true);
9142   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
9143 }
9144 
9145 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
9146                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
9147                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
9148                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
9149                        AttributeList *Attr) {
9150   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
9151 
9152   // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
9153   // redeclaration or some other bogus case.  Don't try to add fields to it.
9154   if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9155     return;
9156 
9157   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
9158   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
9159   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
9160 
9161   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9162   bool ARCErrReported = false;
9163   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
9164        i != end; ++i) {
9165     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
9166 
9167     // Get the type for the field.
9168     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
9169 
9170     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
9171       // Remember all fields written by the user.
9172       RecFields.push_back(FD);
9173     }
9174 
9175     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
9176     // diagnostics about it.
9177     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9178       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9179       continue;
9180     }
9181 
9182     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
9183     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
9184     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
9185     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
9186     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
9187     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
9188     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
9189     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
9190     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
9191     //   array.
9192     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
9193       // Field declared as a function.
9194       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
9195         << FD->getDeclName();
9196       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9197       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9198       continue;
9199     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
9200                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
9201                 ((getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt ||
9202                   getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) &&
9203                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
9204       // Flexible array member.
9205       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
9206       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
9207       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
9208       if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) {
9209         if (Record->isUnion())
9210           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
9211             << FD->getDeclName();
9212         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9213           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
9214             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9215       } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
9216         if (Record->isUnion())
9217           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9218             << FD->getDeclName();
9219         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9220           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
9221             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9222       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
9223         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
9224           << FD->getDeclName();
9225         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9226         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9227         continue;
9228       }
9229       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
9230           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
9231         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
9232           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9233         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9234         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9235         continue;
9236       }
9237       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
9238       if (Record)
9239         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9240     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
9241                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
9242                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9243       // Incomplete type
9244       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9245       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9246       continue;
9247     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9248       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
9249         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
9250         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
9251           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9252         } else {
9253           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
9254           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
9255           // structures.
9256           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
9257             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
9258               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9259           else {
9260             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
9261             // other structs as an extension.
9262             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
9263               << FD->getDeclName();
9264             if (Record)
9265               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9266           }
9267         }
9268       }
9269       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9270         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9271     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
9272       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
9273       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
9274         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
9275       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
9276       FD->setType(T);
9277     }
9278     else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
9279       if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
9280         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
9281         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
9282         // so we just make the field unavailable.
9283         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
9284         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
9285         QualType T = FD->getType();
9286         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
9287         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
9288           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
9289           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
9290             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
9291               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
9292                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9293             }
9294           } else {
9295             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
9296               << T->isBlockPointerType();
9297           }
9298           ARCErrReported = true;
9299         }
9300       }
9301       else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
9302                getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
9303                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
9304         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9305             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
9306           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9307         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
9308           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9309           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
9310               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9311             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9312           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9313                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
9314                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9315         }
9316       }
9317     }
9318     // Keep track of the number of named members.
9319     if (FD->getIdentifier())
9320       ++NumNamedMembers;
9321   }
9322 
9323   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
9324   if (Record) {
9325     bool Completed = false;
9326     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
9327       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
9328         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
9329         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
9330         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
9331              I != E; ++I)
9332           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
9333 
9334         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
9335           // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting:
9336           //   If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer
9337           //   type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its
9338           //   default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment
9339           //   operator, and destructor are non-trivial.
9340           //
9341           // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition().
9342           // However, here we check whether this particular class is only
9343           // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member.
9344           // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled
9345           // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release.
9346           if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9347               CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() &&
9348               CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) {
9349             if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) {
9350               Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9351                    diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member)
9352                << CXXRecord;
9353             } else {
9354               // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location
9355               // for them is going to be tricky.
9356               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9357                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9358                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9359                   << CXXRecord << 0;
9360               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9361                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9362                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9363                 << CXXRecord << 1;
9364               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())
9365                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9366                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9367                 << CXXRecord << 2;
9368             }
9369           }
9370 
9371           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
9372           if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
9373               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
9374             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
9375 
9376           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
9377           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
9378 
9379           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
9380           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
9381           // problem now.
9382           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
9383             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
9384             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
9385 
9386             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
9387                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
9388                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
9389               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
9390                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
9391                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
9392                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
9393                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
9394                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
9395                   continue;
9396 
9397                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
9398                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
9399                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
9400                 //   program is ill-formed.
9401                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
9402                   << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
9403                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
9404                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
9405                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
9406                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
9407                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
9408                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
9409                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
9410                     << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
9411 
9412                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
9413               }
9414             }
9415             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
9416             Completed = true;
9417           }
9418         }
9419       }
9420     }
9421 
9422     if (!Completed)
9423       Record->completeDefinition();
9424 
9425     // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks
9426     // we were missing.
9427     while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) {
9428       const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor =
9429               DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first;
9430       if (Dtor->getParent() != Record)
9431         break;
9432 
9433       assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() &&
9434           "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list.");
9435       CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor,
9436           DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second);
9437       DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back();
9438     }
9439 
9440   } else {
9441     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
9442       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
9443     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9444       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
9445       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
9446       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9447         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
9448         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
9449       }
9450       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
9451       // duplicates.
9452       if (ID->getSuperClass())
9453         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
9454     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9455                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9456       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
9457       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
9458         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
9459         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
9460         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
9461       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
9462     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9463                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9464       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
9465       // reported as errors elsewhere.
9466       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
9467       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
9468       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
9469       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
9470       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
9471       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9472         if (IDecl) {
9473           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
9474               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
9475             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
9476                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
9477             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9478             continue;
9479           }
9480           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
9481                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
9482                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
9483             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
9484                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
9485               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
9486                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
9487               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9488               continue;
9489             }
9490           }
9491         }
9492         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
9493         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
9494       }
9495     }
9496   }
9497 
9498   if (Attr)
9499     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
9500 
9501   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
9502   // set the visibility of this record.
9503   if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
9504     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record);
9505 }
9506 
9507 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
9508 /// the given type T.
9509 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
9510                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
9511                                         QualType T) {
9512   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
9513   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
9514 
9515   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
9516     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
9517       --BitWidth;
9518     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
9519   }
9520   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
9521 }
9522 
9523 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
9524 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
9525 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
9526   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
9527   // enum checking below.
9528   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
9529   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
9530   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
9531     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
9532   };
9533   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
9534     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
9535     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
9536   };
9537 
9538   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
9539   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
9540                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
9541   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
9542     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
9543       return Types[I];
9544 
9545   return QualType();
9546 }
9547 
9548 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
9549                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
9550                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
9551                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
9552                                           Expr *Val) {
9553   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
9554   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
9555   QualType EltTy;
9556 
9557   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
9558     Val = 0;
9559 
9560   if (Val)
9561     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
9562 
9563   if (Val) {
9564     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
9565       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
9566     else {
9567       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
9568       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() &&
9569           !getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode) {
9570         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
9571         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
9572         // constant expression of the underlying type.
9573         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
9574         ExprResult Converted =
9575           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
9576                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
9577         if (Converted.isInvalid())
9578           Val = 0;
9579         else
9580           Val = Converted.take();
9581       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
9582                  VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) {
9583         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
9584         Val = 0;
9585       } else {
9586         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
9587           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
9588           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
9589           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
9590           //   representable as an int.
9591 
9592           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
9593           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
9594             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
9595               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
9596               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
9597           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
9598             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
9599             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9600           }
9601         }
9602 
9603         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9604           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
9605 
9606           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
9607           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
9608           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
9609           // expression checking.
9610           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
9611             if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) {
9612               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
9613               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9614             } else
9615               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
9616           } else
9617             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9618         } else {
9619           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
9620           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9621           //   is the type of its initializing value:
9622           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
9623           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
9624           EltTy = Val->getType();
9625         }
9626       }
9627     }
9628   }
9629 
9630   if (!Val) {
9631     if (Enum->isDependentType())
9632       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
9633     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
9634       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9635       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9636       //   is the type of its initializing value:
9637       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
9638       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
9639       //
9640       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
9641       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
9642       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9643         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
9644       }
9645       else {
9646         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
9647       }
9648     } else {
9649       // Assign the last value + 1.
9650       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9651       ++EnumVal;
9652       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
9653 
9654       // Check for overflow on increment.
9655       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
9656         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9657         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9658         //   is the type of its initializing value:
9659         //
9660         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
9661         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
9662         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
9663         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
9664         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
9665         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
9666         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
9667         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
9668           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
9669           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
9670           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9671           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
9672           ++EnumVal;
9673           if (Enum->isFixed())
9674             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
9675             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
9676               << EnumVal.toString(10)
9677               << EltTy;
9678           else
9679             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
9680               << EnumVal.toString(10);
9681         } else {
9682           EltTy = T;
9683         }
9684 
9685         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
9686         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
9687         // value, then increment.
9688         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9689         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
9690         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
9691         ++EnumVal;
9692 
9693         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
9694         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
9695         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
9696         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
9697         // integral type.
9698         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
9699           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
9700       } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
9701                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
9702         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
9703         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
9704           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
9705       }
9706     }
9707   }
9708 
9709   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9710     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
9711     // enumerator's type.
9712     EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
9713     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
9714   }
9715 
9716   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
9717                                   Val, EnumVal);
9718 }
9719 
9720 
9721 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
9722                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
9723                               AttributeList *Attr,
9724                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
9725   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
9726   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
9727     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
9728 
9729   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
9730   // we find one that is.
9731   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
9732 
9733   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
9734   // scope.
9735   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
9736                                          ForRedeclaration);
9737   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9738     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9739     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
9740     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9741     PrevDecl = 0;
9742   }
9743 
9744   if (PrevDecl) {
9745     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
9746     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
9747     assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
9748            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
9749     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
9750       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
9751         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
9752       else
9753         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
9754       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9755       return 0;
9756     }
9757   }
9758 
9759   // C++ [class.mem]p13:
9760   //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
9761   //   name different from T:
9762   //     - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated
9763   //       type
9764   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
9765                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
9766                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
9767     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
9768       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
9769 
9770   EnumConstantDecl *New =
9771     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
9772 
9773   if (New) {
9774     // Process attributes.
9775     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
9776 
9777     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
9778     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
9779     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
9780   }
9781 
9782   return New;
9783 }
9784 
9785 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
9786                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
9787                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
9788                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
9789   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
9790   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
9791 
9792   if (Attr)
9793     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
9794 
9795   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
9796     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9797       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
9798         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9799       if (!ECD) continue;
9800 
9801       ECD->setType(EnumType);
9802     }
9803 
9804     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
9805     return;
9806   }
9807 
9808   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
9809   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
9810   // emit a warning.
9811   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
9812   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
9813   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
9814 
9815   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
9816   // reverse the list.
9817   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
9818   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
9819 
9820   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
9821   bool AllElementsInt = true;
9822 
9823   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9824     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
9825       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9826     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
9827 
9828     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
9829 
9830     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
9831     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
9832       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
9833                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
9834     else
9835       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
9836                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
9837 
9838     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
9839     if (AllElementsInt)
9840       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
9841   }
9842 
9843   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
9844   QualType BestType;
9845   unsigned BestWidth;
9846 
9847   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
9848   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
9849   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
9850   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
9851   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
9852   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
9853   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
9854   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
9855   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
9856   QualType BestPromotionType;
9857 
9858   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
9859   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
9860   // enum definitions.
9861   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
9862     Packed = true;
9863 
9864   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9865     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
9866     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
9867       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
9868     else
9869       BestPromotionType = BestType;
9870     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
9871     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
9872     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
9873     BestWidth = CharWidth;
9874   }
9875   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
9876     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
9877     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
9878     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
9879     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
9880       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
9881       BestWidth = CharWidth;
9882     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
9883                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
9884       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
9885       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
9886     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
9887       BestType = Context.IntTy;
9888       BestWidth = IntWidth;
9889     } else {
9890       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
9891 
9892       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
9893         BestType = Context.LongTy;
9894       } else {
9895         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
9896 
9897         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
9898           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
9899         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
9900       }
9901     }
9902     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
9903   } else {
9904     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
9905     // all of the enumerator values.
9906     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
9907     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
9908       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
9909       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
9910       BestWidth = CharWidth;
9911     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
9912       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
9913       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
9914       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
9915     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
9916       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
9917       BestWidth = IntWidth;
9918       BestPromotionType
9919         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9920                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
9921     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
9922                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
9923       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
9924       BestPromotionType
9925         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9926                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
9927     } else {
9928       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
9929       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
9930              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
9931       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
9932       BestPromotionType
9933         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9934                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
9935     }
9936   }
9937 
9938   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
9939   // the type of the enum if needed.
9940   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9941     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9942     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
9943 
9944     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
9945     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
9946     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
9947     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
9948     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
9949 
9950     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
9951     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
9952 
9953     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
9954     // the enum decl type.
9955     QualType NewTy;
9956     unsigned NewWidth;
9957     bool NewSign;
9958     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
9959         !Enum->isFixed() &&
9960         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
9961       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
9962       NewWidth = IntWidth;
9963       NewSign = true;
9964     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
9965       // Already the right type!
9966       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9967         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
9968         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
9969         // enumeration.
9970         ECD->setType(EnumType);
9971       continue;
9972     } else {
9973       NewTy = BestType;
9974       NewWidth = BestWidth;
9975       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
9976     }
9977 
9978     // Adjust the APSInt value.
9979     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
9980     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
9981     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
9982 
9983     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
9984     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
9985         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
9986       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
9987                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
9988                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
9989                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
9990                                                 VK_RValue));
9991     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9992       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
9993       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
9994       // enumeration.
9995       ECD->setType(EnumType);
9996     else
9997       ECD->setType(NewTy);
9998   }
9999 
10000   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
10001                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
10002 }
10003 
10004 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
10005                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
10006                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
10007   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
10008 
10009   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10010                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
10011                                                    EndLoc);
10012   CurContext->addDecl(New);
10013   return New;
10014 }
10015 
10016 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
10017                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
10018                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
10019   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
10020                                                 Module::AllVisible,
10021                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
10022   if (!Mod)
10023     return true;
10024 
10025   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
10026   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
10027   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
10028     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
10029     // We need the length to be consistent.
10030     if (!ModCheck)
10031       break;
10032     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
10033 
10034     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
10035   }
10036 
10037   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
10038                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10039                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
10040                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
10041   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
10042   return Import;
10043 }
10044 
10045 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10046                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10047                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10048   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
10049 
10050   if (PrevDecl) {
10051     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
10052   } else {
10053     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10054       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
10055         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
10056   }
10057 }
10058 
10059 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10060                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10061                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10062                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
10063                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10064   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
10065                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10066   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
10067 
10068   if (PrevDecl) {
10069     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
10070       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
10071         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
10072   } else {
10073     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10074       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
10075   }
10076 }
10077 
10078 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
10079   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
10080 }
10081 
10082 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
10083   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext());
10084   // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface.
10085   if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
10086     D = CatD->getClassInterface();
10087 
10088   return D->getAvailability();
10089 }
10090